Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
9 results
     
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
389 results for tarā
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
तरालुm. idem or 'm. a large flat-bottomed boat ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तराम्See 1. tara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरान्धुm. a large flat-bottomed boat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तरायणSee tār-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभितराम्([ (See 2. abhī-)]) ind. nearer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभ्यन्तरायामm. curvature of the spine by spasm, emprosthonos (see bāhyāyāma-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभ्युद्गतराजm. Name of a kalpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अद्भुतरामायणn. Name of work ascribed to vālmīki-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अधस्तराम्ind. very far down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलंतराम्ind. (Comparative degree of alaṃ-) exceedingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अलंतराम्ind. very much better or easier to (Inf.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनन्तरामm. Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनन्तराशिm. (in arithmetic) an infinite quantity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनन्तराशिm. a periodic decimal fraction (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनन्तरायम्ind. without a break and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराind. in the middle, inside, within, among, between View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराind. on the way, by the way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराind. near, nearly, almost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराind. in the meantime, now and then View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराind. for some time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराind. (with accusative and locative case) between, during, without. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरा antarā- ca- - antarā- ca-, (with two accusatives of places) between - and - View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराभक्तn. medicine taken between two meals, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराभरSee antar/ā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराभरmfn. bringing close to, procuring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराभवदेहm. the soul in its middle existence between death and regeneration. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराभवसत्त्वn. the soul in its middle existence between death and regeneration. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराधाA1. -dhatte-, to receive into one's self, contain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराधान(ant/ar--) mfn. "having a bit inside", bridled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरादिश्f. equals antardiś/ā- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरागमm. (in grammar) an additional augment between two letters. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरागमनn. passing between, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरागारm. the interior of a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्तरागारिकmfn. (fr. antarāgāra-), belonging to the inner or women's apartments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्तरागारिकm. the keeper of a king's wives View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्तरागारिकn. the office of the above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराकाशm. intermediate place, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराकाशm. the sacred ether or brahma- in the interior part or soul of man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराकूटn. hidden intention. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्तरालmfn. (fr. antar-āla-), (in philosophy)"those who know the condition of the soul within the body" , Name of a philosophical sect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरालn. intermediate space View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरालSee sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order antar-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरालकn. ([ ]) intermediate space View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरालकेind. locative case in the midst, in midway (āla-is probably for ālaya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरालेind. locative case in the midst, in midway (āla-is probably for ālaya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्तरालिकm. the son of an anuloma- by a woman of superior caste, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरांसm. the part of the body between the shoulders, the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरान्तरात्ind. here and there, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरान्वेषिन्mfn. waiting for an opportunity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरापणm. a market inside (a town) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरापत्याf. a pregnant woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरारामmfn. rejoicing in one's self (not in the exterior world) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरास्to sit down into (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराशृङ्गम्ind. between the horns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तराशृङ्गीयmfn. being between the horns, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरात्मकmf(ī-)n. interior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरात्मन्m. the soul View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरात्मन्m. the internal feelings, the heart or mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरात्मेष्टकम्ind. in the space between one's self and the (sacrificial) bricks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरावेदीf. a veranda resting on columns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरायSee antar-i-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरायSee antar-i-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्तरायm. intervention, obstacle. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आन्तरायिकmfn. (fr. antar-āya-), returning at intervals, repeated from time to time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्यतरान्यतरmfn. of whatever kind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपाचीतराf. "other than the south", the north View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपरेतराf. opposite to or other than the west, the east View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपेतराक्षसीf. the plant Ocimum Sanctum (also apreta-r-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अप्रेतराक्षसीf. a plant (also called preta-rākṣasī-,or apeta-rākṣasī- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अर्थान्तराक्षेपm. "throwing in another fact" id est establishing any disagreement with a statement by introducing a similar case (showing the impossibility of that statement), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अस्तराशिm. equals -bhavana- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अश्वतराf. a better mare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अश्वतराश्वm. Name of a man commentator or commentary on (see āśvatarāśva-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आश्वतरास्विm. idem or 'm. (fr. aśva-tara-), Name of buḍila- or bulila- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अतितराम्ind. (Comparative degree of /ati-), above in rank (with accusative), KenaUp.
अतितराम्ind. better, higher, more (with ablative)
अतितराम्ind. very much, exceedingly, excessively.
अउत्तराधर्यn. (fr. uttarādhara-), the state of being below and above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अउत्तराधर्यn. the state of one thing being over the other View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अउत्तराधर्यn. confusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अउत्तराहmfn. (fr. uttarāha-), of or belonging to the next day vArttika on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अउत्तरार्धिकmfn. (fr. uttarārdha-), being on or belonging to the upper or northern side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवान्तराम्ind. between View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आविस्तराम्ind. in a more manifest or very manifest way (very often joined to the roots as-, bhū-,and 1. kṛ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अव्यक्तरागm. dark-red (the colour of the dawn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अव्यक्तराशिm. (in algebra) an unknown number or indistinct quantity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुतराम्ind. in a high degree, exceedingly, much, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भदन्तरामm. Name of 2 Buddhist teachers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भुजान्तरालn. equals bhujāntara-, the breast, chest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूतराज्m. equals -bhartṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भूयस्तराम्ind. more, anew, again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्राह्मणितराf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चत्तरात्रm. "Name of a man" See cāttarātra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चात्तरात्रm. patronymic fr. catta-r- Name of jamad-agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
छलितरामn. "the outwitted rāma-", Name of a drama View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चितान्तरांशताf. the having the place between the shoulders well filled out (one of the 32 signs of perfection), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्तरागm. affection, desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चित्तराजm. Name of a roma-vivara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्युत्तराf. bulb-milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दक्षिणोत्तरायामmfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. extending from south to north, north; 875/876; 903a/b; 9, 141 3/5' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दक्षिणोत्तरायतmf(ā-)n. extending from south to north, north; 875/876; 903a/b; 9, 141 3/5 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धर्मगहनाभ्युद्गतराजm. "a prince who has penetrated the depths of the law", Name of a buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धर्ममतिविनन्दितरागm. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराज्ञm. patronymic fr. dhṛta-rājan- (mfn. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराज्ञकmfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराज्ञीf. gaRa dhūmādi- to iv, 2, 127 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराष्ट्रmf(ī-)n. belonging to dhṛtarāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराष्ट्रm. a son of dhṛtarāṣṭra-, a kuru- (see nir--), especially patronymic of dur-yodhana- (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराष्ट्रm. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराष्ट्रm. (fr. dhṛta-rāṣṭrī-) a sort of goose with black legs and bill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराष्ट्रपदीf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धार्तराष्ट्रिm. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराजन्m. Name of a man (See dhārta-rājña-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. whose empire is firm, a powerful king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. Name of a nāga- also called airāvata- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. of a deva-gandharva- sometimes identified with King dharma- (below) (with Buddhists, Name of a king of the gandharva-s and one of the 4 mahārāja-s[ ]or lokapāla-s[ ] ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. of a son of the daitya- bali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. of a king of kāśī- (with the patronymic vaicitravīrya- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. of the eldest son of vyāsa- by the widow of vicitra-vīrya- (brother of pāṇḍu- and vidura- and born blind, husband of gāndhāri- and father of 100 sons of whom the eldest was duryodhana-;sometimes identified with dhṛtarāṣṭra- and haṃsa-, 2 chiefs of the gandharva-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. of a son of janam-ejaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. of a king of the geese (see haṃsa-, above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. particular bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रm. plural the 100 sons of King dhṛta-rāṣṭra- (enumerated ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धृतराष्ट्रीf. Name of a daughter of tāmrā- (mother of geese and other water-birds) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धूर्तराजm. the chief of rogues
ध्वान्तरातिm. "id.", the sun or any luminary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुर्गान्तरातिथिm. guest of the inside of a stronghold a prisoner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुष्टान्तरात्मन्mfn. idem or 'mfn. evil-minded, malevolent ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्वादशाब्दानन्तरावलोकनविधिm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
एकान्तराज्m. Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गतरात्रिf. the past night, last night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
घर्मेतरांशुm. "having other than warm (id est cold) rays", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गीस्तराf. (Comparative degree) excellent speech or voice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गीस्तराetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोतराf. a better cow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुणान्तराधानn. "addition of another or better quality", being active or caring for (genitive case) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुणान्तरापत्तिf. attainment of another quality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हयकातरा f. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हिमोत्तराf. a kind of grape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हृतराज्यmfn. stripped of a kingdom
इतराf. said to be a Name of the mother of aitareya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इतराङ्गmfn. being a means to another, ancillary to another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इतरेतराश्रयmfn. taking refuge with or depending on each other, concerning mutually View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इतरेतराश्रयm. a particular logical error, circular reasoning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जगदन्तरात्मन्m. "innermost soul of the universe", viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जनकसप्तरात्रm. Name of a saptāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जान्वन्तराind. between the knees, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जातरागmfn. enamoured, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जयान्तरायm. victory-hindrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ज्येष्ठतराf. a woman guarding a young girl , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालान्तरात्ind. after some time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालान्तरावृतmfn. hidden or concealed by time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालान्तरावृत्तिशुभाशुभn. plural good and evil things occurring within the revolutions of time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालितराf. (Comparative degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कालितराSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कातराक्षीf. a woman with timid eyes, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कातरायणm. a descendant of kātara- gaRa naḍādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कथंतराम्ind. still more how or why? (used in emphatic questions)
किंतराम्ind. whether? whether of two? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षीरोत्तराf. inspissated milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुमारितराf. (Comparative degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुतस्तराम्ind. how? in what manner? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लोहितरागm. a red colour, red hue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
महत्तराf. (in dramatic language) a woman superintending the gynaeum, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मन्वन्तराf. Name of various festivals (of the 10th day of the light half of the month āṣāḍha-, of the 8th in the dark half of the same month, and of the 3rd in the light half of bhādra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मितराविन्mfn. roaring moderately (used to explain marut-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मुहूर्तराजीयn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नैरृतराजm. nairṛta
नतराम्() ind. not at all, never. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नीचैस्तराम्ind. lower, deeper, softer, gentler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरन्तराभ्यासm. constant repetition or study, diligent exercise or practice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरन्तरालmfn. without an intervening space, close, narrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरन्तरालताf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरन्तरात्कण्ठाf. continual longing for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निरस्तरागmfn. one who has abandoned worldly desires or has devoted himself to religious penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्धार्तराष्ट्रmfn. having no descendants of dhṛta-rāṣṭra-, free from them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्मितरागmfn. painted, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नितराम्ind. (ni-with the Comparative degree suffix) downwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नितराम्ind. in a low tone, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नितराम्ind. completely, wholly, entirely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नितराम्ind. by all means, at all events View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नितराम्ind. especially, in a high degree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नितराम्ind. explicitly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निवृत्तरागmfn. of subdued appetites or passions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पद्मोत्तरात्मजm. patronymic of the 9th cakra-vartin- in bhārata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पैतरावणm. patronymic (fr. pītarāvaṇa-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पण्डितराजm. "prince of learned men", Name of any great scholar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पण्डितराजm. (especially) of jagan-nātha- (1600) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पण्डितराजm. of another man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पण्डितराजकृतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पण्डितराजशतकn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पङ्क्त्युत्तराf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परस्तराम्ind. () further away, further View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परस्तराम्ind. parastarām par-, further and further away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परेतराज्m. (L.) equals -bhartṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परेतराजm. () equals -bhartṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पर्वतराज्m. "mountains-king", a very high mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पर्वतराज्m. Name of the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पर्वतराजm. idem or 'm. Name of the himālaya- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पर्वतराजकन्याf. Name of pārvatī- or durgā- (daughter of himālaya-). () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पर्वतराजपुत्रीf. Name of pārvatī- or durgā- (daughter of himālaya-). () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पीतरागmfn. of a yellow colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पीतरागm. yellowness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पीतरागm. or n. the fibres of the lotus etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पीतरागn. wax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रागुत्तराf. (with or scilicet diś-) the north-east View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राह्णेतराम् ind. earlier or very early in the morning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राक्प्रातराशिकmfn. to be studied before breakfast, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्राक्तराम्ind. somewhat more eastward View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रशान्तरागm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रातराहुतिf. morning oblation (the second half of the daily agni-hotra- sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतराम्( ) ind. further, more particularly, in future. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रातराशm. morning meal, breakfast etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रातराशितmfn. one who has breakfasted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रातस्तराम्ind. very early in the morning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतितराम्ind. (with bhū-) to retire or shrink more and more View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रेतराजm. equals -nātha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रेतराजनिवेशनn. yama-'s abode or city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रेतराजपुरn. yama-'s abode or city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रेतराक्षसीf. Ocimum Sanctum (varia lectio apeta--and a-preta-r-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुनस्तराम्ind. over and over again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुरुषान्तरात्मन्m. puruṣāntara
रक्तराजिm. a particular venomous insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तराजिm. a particular disease of the eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तराजीf. a particular venomous insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रक्तराजीf. cress, Lepidium Sativum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राथंतरायणm. patronymic fr. rāthaṃtara- gaRa haritādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
राथीतरायणm. patronymic fr. rāthītara- gaRa haritādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रत्नतेजोभ्युद्गतराजm. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रात्रितराf. (Comparative degree of rātri-) the depth or dead of night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रोमाञ्चोद्गतराजिमत्mfn. surrounded with erect rows of bristling hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सजातीयविसिष्टान्तराघटितत्वn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सामन्तराजm. (with hari-) Name of the author of the sūrya-prakāśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संगीतरागलक्षणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संगीतराघवm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संगीतराजm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संगृहीतराष्ट्रmfn. (a king) who has a well-governed kingdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्षिप्तरागानुगापूजापद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संक्षिप्तरामायणपाठप्रयोगm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संवीतरागmfn. one whose passions have disappeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शनैस्तराम्ind. more (or very) quietly, softly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सान्तरालmfn. having an interval etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सान्तरालmfn. together with the intermediate or mixed (castes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सान्तरायmfn. separated by an interval of time from (ablative) ( sāntarāyatā -- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सान्तरायताf. sāntarāya
सप्तराशिकthe rule of proportion, with 7 terms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तरात्रn. a period of 7 nights (or days), a week etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तरात्रm. a particular ahīna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तरात्रn. plural Name of various vaiṣṇava- sacred books. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तरात्रकmf(ikā-)n. lasting 7 days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तरात्रिकmfn. (?) idem or 'mf(ikā-)n. lasting 7 days ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तरात्रिकn. a period of 7 nights or days. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
साप्तरात्रिकmf(ī-)n. (fr. sapta-rātra-) lasting seven nights or days, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तरावm. Name of a son of garuḍa- (varia lectio -vāra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वभूतान्तरात्मन्m. the soul of all beings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वलोकान्तरात्मन्m. the soul of the whole world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वान्तरातर्यामिन्() m. the universal Soul. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सर्वान्तरात्मन्() () m. the universal Soul. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतरा(śat/a--) mfn. equals -sukha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शतरात्रm. n. a festival of hundred days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शातरात्रिकmfn. (fr. śata-rātra-) relating to the ceremony of a hundred nights (or days) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सतितराSee next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सतितराSee 1. satī-, p.1135. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सायमाशप्रातराशm. (only locative case e-), the evening and morning meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सायम्प्रातराहुतिf. dual number evening and meal oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सायम्प्रातराशिन्mfn. eating (only) in the evening and meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शीतेतराचिस्m. "hot-rayed", the sun. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्मार्तरामm. Name of the author of the tripurā-paddhati-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शोणोत्तराf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुरितोत्तराधरmfn. having trembling upper and under lip View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्फुटतराक्षरmfn. having very clear words, perfectly clear or intelligible (see sphuṭākṣ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रेयसितरा f. a more excellent woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रेयसीतराf. a more excellent woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थानान्तराभिमुखmf(ī-)n. facing another place, turned away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्त्रीतराf. (superl. and compound) a thorough or more thoroughly a woman (also stri-t-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमनोत्तराf. (fr. su-manas-+ utt-) Name of a woman and the story about her Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रmfn. one who governs his country well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रmfn. well received View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रmfn. well kept or preserved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रmfn. well abridged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूतराज्m. quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुतराम्See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुतराम्ind. (fr. 5. su-+ tarām- equals taram-) still more, in a higher degree, excessively (sutarām na-,"still less"; na s-,"very badly"; mā s-,"in no way","by no means") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्वेतराजीf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्वेतरास्नाf. the white rāsnā- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्वेतरावकm. Vitex Negundo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तृषितोत्तराf. the plant aśana-parṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
त्वगुत्तरासङ्गवत्mfn. having an upper garment made of bark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्चैस्तराम्ind. higher, louder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उच्चैस्तराम्ind. pronounced with a higher accent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उदात्तराघवn. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उन्मत्तराघवn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपरतरासmfn. ceasing to play or dance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराf. (ā-), of. (scilicet diś-) the northern quarter, the north etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराf. Name of each of the nakṣatra-s that contain the word" uttara- " (see uttara-phalgunī-,etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराf. Name of a daughter of virāṭa- and daughter-in-law of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराf. of a female servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराf. dual number (e-) the second and third verse of a tṛca- (or a stanza consisting of three verses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराf. plural the second part of the sāma-saṃhitā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराind. north, northerly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराind. northward (with genitive case or ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराind. (uttarā-patha-,etc.See .) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराभासm. a false or indirect or prevaricating reply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराभासताf. inadequacy of a reply, the semblance without the reality. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराभासत्वn. inadequacy of a reply, the semblance without the reality. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराभिमुखmfn. turned towards the north. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराधरmfn. superior and inferior, higher and lower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराधरn. upper and under lip View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराधरn. the lips (See adharottara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराधरविवरn. the mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराधिकारm. right to property in succession to another person, heirship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराधिकारताf. right of succession. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराधिकारत्वn. right of succession. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराधिकारिन्mfn. an heir or claimant subsequent to the death of the original owner, an heir who claims as second in succession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराद्रिm. "northern mountain", the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरागारn. an upper room, garret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराहm. the following day on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराहिind. northerly, from the north (with ablative ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराम्नायm. Name of a sacred book of the śākta-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरांसm. the left shoulder (the clavicle ?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराङ्गn. the last sound of combined consonants commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरापथm. the northern road or direction, the northern country, north View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरारणिf. the upper araṇi- (q.v) which is also called pramantha- or churner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्चिकn. Name of the second part of the sāmaveda-saṃhitā- (also called uttarāgrantha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्धn. the upper part (of the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्धn. the northern part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्धn. the latter half View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्धn. the further end View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्धपश्चार्धm. north-west, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्धपूर्वार्धn. the eastern part of the northern side (of the fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्ध्य(fr. uttarārdha-) mfn. being on the northern side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्कm. Name of one of the twelve forms of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरार्थmfn. (done etc.) for the sake of what follows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराशाf. the northern quarter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरासद्mfn. seated northward or on the left View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराषाढाf. Name of a lunar mansion (see aṣāḍhā-)
उत्तराशाधिपतिm. "lord of the north", Name of kuvera-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरासङ्गm. an upper or outer garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराश्मकmfn. belonging to the above country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराश्मन्mfn. having high rocks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराश्मन्m. Name of a country, (gaRa ṛśyādi- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराश्रमिन्m. (a Brahman) who enters into the next āśrama- (or period of religious life) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तराश्रितmfn. having gone to or being in the northern direction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरात्ind. from the left View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरात्ind. from the north View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरात्सद्mfn. equals uttarā-sad- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरात्तात्ind. from the north View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरावत्mfn. being above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरावत्mfn. victorious, overpowering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरायणn. the progress (of the sun) to the north View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरायणn. the period of the sun's progress to the north of the equator, the summer solstice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तरेतराf. (scilicet diś-) "other or opposite to the northern", the southern quarter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसन्तराजm. spring compared to a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसन्तराजm. Name of a king of kumāra-giri- (author of the -rājīya-nātya-śāstra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसन्तराजm. (also with bhaṭṭa-) of various authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वसन्तराजचिकित्साf. Name of a medical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणm. plural Name of a particular school (see next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणm. (only ) an arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणm. arrow's flight, bowshot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणm. a saw View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणm. a mountain peak View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणm. a madman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणm. an idler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणm. the sarala- tree. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वातरायणीयm. plural Name of a particular school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वत्सतरार्णn. (ra-ṛṇa-) the debt or loan of a bullock (?) , Va1rtt. 7 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विभूतरातिmfn. (vi-) bestowing rich gifts. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगतरागmfn. devoid of passion or affection ( vigatarāgadhvaja -dhvaja- m.Name of a preceptor ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विगतरागध्वजm. vigatarāga
विमृष्टान्तरांसmfn. having the space between the shoulders a little depressed (nyūna- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीरतरासनn. a particular posture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्तराf. a particular śakti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विस्तरात्ind. vistara
वीतरागmfn. free from passions or affections, dispassionate, desireless, calm, tranquil etc. (also applied to 8 particular bodhi-sattva-s and their attributes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीतरागmfn. not attached to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीतरागmfn. colourless, bleached View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीतरागm. a sage with subdued passions (especially applied to a Buddhist or jaina- saint). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीतरागभयक्रोधmfn. free from passions and fear and anger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीतरागभूमिf. one of the 7 stages in the life of a śrāvaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वीतरागस्तुतिf. Name of a jaina- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वितराम् idem or 'ind. (fr. 3. vi-+ taram-) farther, farther off, more distant (either in space or time), more ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्रतराजm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वृत्तरामायणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यक्तराशिm. (in arithmetic) known or absolute quantity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्याकुलितान्तरात्मन्mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यन्तराम्ind. moderately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यस्तरात्रिंदिवmfn. dividing or separating night and day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
याम्योत्तरायतmfn. extended from south to north View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
युक्तरास्नाf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
35 results
     
atiḍīnam अतिडीनम् Extraordinary flight (of birds). अतितराम् atitarām अतितमाम् atitamām अतितराम् अतितमाम् ind. [अति-तर _x001F_+(म) प् आमु] 1 more, higher (abl.); नृत्तादस्याः स्थितमतितरां कान्तम् M.2.6. -2 Exceedingly, very much; excessive, great; ˚सुदुःसहः R.3.37; ˚रां कान्तिमापत्स्यते Me.15 will attain great splendour. -3 Above, higher in rank (acc.); तस्माद्वा एते देवा ˚रामिवान्यान् देवान् Ken.4.2.
antareṇa अन्तरेण ind. 1 (Used as a preposition with acc. P. II.3.4 अन्तरान्तरेण युक्ते) (a) Except, without, leaving; हरिमन्तरेण न सुखम् Sk.; क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेण पल्लवितामतिमुक्त- लतां सहते Ś.3; क्रियान्तरान्तरायमन्तरेण आर्यं द्रष्टुमिच्छमि Mu.3 without interfering with any other duty; न राजापराधम- न्तरेण प्रजास्वकालमृत्युश्चरति U.2; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117. (b) With regard or reference to, with respect to, about, towards, on account of; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; तदस्या देवीं वसुमतीमन्तरेण महदुपालम्भनं गतो$स्मि Ś.5; किं नु खलु मामन्तरेण चिन्तयति वैशंपायनः K.178; छलितं नाम नाट्यमन्तरेण कीदृशी मालविका M.2 how M. is faring or progressing in the dance &c.; ततस्तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4. (c) Within, inside, into (मध्ये). (d) Between, (उभयोर्मध्ये); त्वां मां चान्तरेणकमण्डलुः Mbh.; अन्तरेण हवनीयं गार्हपत्यं च Śat. Br.; अन्तरेण स्तनौ वा भ्रुवौ वा विमृज्यात् ibid.; Śi.3.3. (e) During, amidst. -2 (Used as an adverb) (a) between, amidst; यावद्वा मक्षिकायाः पत्त्रं तावानन्तरेणावकाशः Śat. Br. (b) At heart, अन्तरेण सुस्निग्धा एषा Mk.1. अन्तरालम् antarālam अन्तरालकम् antarālakam अन्तरालम् अन्तरालकम् [अन्तरं व्यवधानसीमां आराति गृह्णाति, आरा-क, रस्य लत्वम्] 1 Intermediate space or region or time, interval; दंष्ट्रान्तराललग्न K.3; आस्यान्तरालनिःसृतेन Dk.143; दिड्नामान्यन्तराले P.II.2.26; दक्षिणस्याः पूर्वस्याश्च दिशोरन्तरालं दक्षिणपूर्वा Sk.; Śi.9.2; पयोधरान्तरालम् K.83; रागलज्जान्तरालवर्तिभिरीक्षणविशेषैः Dk.17,143 half way betwixt love and bashfulness; प्रतिमानं प्रतिच्छाया गजदन्तान्तरालयोः Trik.; oft. used for 'room' or 'space' in general; त्रस्तजनदत्तान्तरालया राजवीथ्या Dk.15; भुवनान्तरालविप्रकीर्णेन शाखासञ्चयेन K.2,162; अन्तराले in midway; in the midle; or middst; in the interval; बाष्पाम्भः- परिपतनोद्गमान्तराले in the interval between the dropping down and starting up of tears; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; अहमागच्छन्नन्तराले महता सिंहेन अभिहितः Pt.1; कंचित्पुरुषमन्तराल एवावलम्ब्य Dk.15; न मयान्येन वान्तराले दृष्टा Dk.123. -2 Interior, inside, inner or middle part; छिद्रीकृतान्तरालम् Dk.148; विषमीकृतान्तरालया K.223. -3 Mixed tribe or caste (संकीर्णवर्ण); वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार इष्यते. -Comp. -दिश् f. the intermediate point of the compass, such as, north-east &c.
abhimanyuḥ अभिमन्युः 1 N. of a son of Arjuna by his wife Subhadrā, sister of Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma; also known by the metronymic Saubhadra. [He was called Abhimanyu because at his very birth he appeared to be heroic, long-armed and very fiery (अभिवृद्धः मन्युर्यस्य). When the Kauravas at the advice of Droṇa formed the peculiar battle-array called 'Chakravyuha' hoping that, as Arjuna was away, none of the Paṇḍavas would be able to break through it, Abhimanyu assured his uncles that he was ready to try, if they only assisted him. He accordingly entered the Vyūha, killed many warriors on the Kaurava side, and was for a time more than a match even for such veteran and elderly heroes as Droṇa, Karṇa, Duryodhana &c. He could not, however, hold out long against fearful odds, and was at last overpowered and slain. He was very handsome. He had two wives, Vatsalā daughter of Balarāma and Uttarā daughter of the king of Virāṭa. Uttarā was pregnant when he was slain and gave birth to a son named Parīkṣita who succeeded to the throne of Hastināpura.] -2 Name of a son of Manu Chākṣuṣa. -3 Name of two kings of Kāshmir; Rāj. T. -पुरम् - Name of a town. Raj. T.
ambikeyaḥ अम्बिकेयः यकः N. of Gaṇeśa, Kārttikeya or Dhṛitarāṣṭra; प्रज्ञाचक्षुस्तप्यमानो$म्बिकेयः Mb.3.4.1; more correctly written आम्बिकेय q. v.
ayas अयस् a. [इ-गतौ-असुन्] Going, moving; nimble. n. (-यः) 1 Iron (एति चलति अयस्कान्तसंनिकर्षं इति तथात्वम्; नायसोल्लिख्यते रत्नम् Śukra 4.169. अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43. -2 Steel. -3 Gold. -4 A metal in general. -5 Aloe wood. -6 An iron instrument; यदयोनिधनं याति सो$स्य धर्मः सनातनः Mb.6.17.11. -7 Going. m. Fire. [cf. L. aes, aeris; Goth. ais, eisarn; Ger. eisin]. -Comp. -अग्रम्, -अग्रकम् a hammer, a mace or club tipped with iron; a pestle for cleaning grain. -अपाष्टि a. Ved. furnished with iron claws or heels. -कंसः, -सम् an iron goblet. -कणपम् A kind of weapon, which throws out iron-balls; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्डयुक्तबाहवः Mb.1.227.25. -काण्डः 1 an iron-arrow. -2 excellent iron. -3 a large quantity of iron. -कान्तः (अयस्कान्तः) 1 'beloved of iron', a magnet, load-stone; शम्भोर्यतध्वमाक्रष्टुमयस्कान्तेन लोहवत् Ku.2.59; स चकर्ष परस्मा- त्तदयस्कान्त इवायसम् R.17.63; U.4.21. अयस्कान्तमयः संक्रामति M. Bh. on P.III.1.7. -2 a precious stone; ˚मणिः a loadstone; अयस्कान्तमणिशलाकेव लोहधातुमन्तः- करणमाकृष्टवती Māl.1. -कारः 1 an iron-smith, blacksmith. -2 the upper part of the thigh. -किट्टम्, -कीजम् rust of iron. -कुम्भः an iron vessel, boiler &c.; so ˚पात्रम्. -कुशा a rope partly consisting of iron. -कृतिः f.a preparation of iron; one of the ways of curing leprosy (महाकुष्ठचिकि- त्साभेदः). -गः an iron hammer. -गुडः 1 a pill; one made of some preparation of iron. -2 an iron ball; दीप्तशूलष्टर्ययोगुडान् Ms.3.133. -3 A kind of weapon consisting of iron balls; लगुडायोगुडाश्मानः Mb.7.3.16. -घनः [अयो हन्यते अनेन इति P.III.3.82] an iron hammer, forge hammer; गदापरिघनिस्त्रिंशपट्टिशायोघनोपलैः Mb. 7.25.58. अयोघनेनाय इवाभितप्तम्R.14.33. -चूर्णम् iron filings. -जाल a. having iron nets; of impenetrable guiles. (-लम्) an iron net-work; अयोजालानि निर्मथ्य भित्त्वा रत्नगृहं वरम् Rām.3.35.35. -ताप a. making iron red-hot. -दत्, -दंष्ट्र a. Ved. iron-toothed, having iron rims (as chariots); having iron weapons; पश्यन् हिरण्यचक्रान- योदंष्ट्रान् विधोवतो वराहून् Rv.1.88.5. -दती a. proper name; (स्त्रियां संज्ञायाम् P.V.4.143). -दण्डः an iron club, K.76. -धातुः iron metal; अयोधातुं यद्वत्परिलघुरयस्कान्त- शकलः U.4.21. -पानम् (अयःपानम्) N. of a hell (where redhot iron is forced down the throats of those who are condemned to it). -पिण्डः A canon-ball. -प्रतिमा (अयःप्रतिमा) an iron image. -बाहुः Name of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -मलम् rust of iron; so ˚रजः, ˚रसः. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 having an iron mouth, face, or beak. -2 tipped or pointed with iron; भूमिं भूमिशयांश्चैव हन्ति काष्ठमयोमुखम् Ms.1.84. (-खः) an arrow (ironpointed); भेत्स्यत्यजः कुम्भमयोमुखेन R.5.55. -शङ्कुः 1 an iron spear; -2 an iron nail, pointed iron spike, अयःशङ्कुचितां रक्षः शतघ्नीमथ शत्रवे R.12.95. -शय a. lying in, made of iron, (said of fire). -शूलम् 1 an iron lance. -2 a forcible means, a violent proceeding (तीक्ष्णः उपायः Sk.); (cf. आयःशूलिक; also K. P.1; अयःशूलेन अन्विच्छतीत्यायःशूलिकः). -स्थूण a. 1 (अय˚ or यः˚) having iron pillars or stakes. हिरण्यरूपमुषसो व्युष्टावयः- स्थूणमुदिता सूर्यस्य Rv.5.62.8. -2 Name of a Ṛiṣi Śat. Br. -हत a. Ved. embossed in iron-work, made by a priest who wears a golden ring on his finger (B. and R.); रक्षोहा विश्वचर्षणिरभि योनिमयोहतम् Rv.9.1.2. -हृदय a. iron-hearted, stern, cruel, unrelenting; सुहृदयोहृदयः प्रतिगर्जताम् R.9.9.
āditya आदित्य a. [अदितेरपत्यं ण्य P.IV.1.85.] 1 Solar, belonging to, or born in, the solar line; आदित्यैर्यदि विग्रहो नृपतिभिर्धन्यं ममैतत्ततो U.6.18. -2 Devoted to, or originating from, Aditi; आदित्यं चरुं निर्वपेत् Yaj. Ts.2.2.6.1. -3 Belonging to, or sprung from, the Ādityas. -त्यः 1 A son of Aditi; a god, divinity in general. (The number of Ādityas appears to have been originally seven, of whom Varuṇa is the head, and the name Āditya was restricted to them (देवा आदित्या ये सप्त Rv.9.114.3.). In the time of the Brāhmaṇas, however, the number of Ādityas rose to 12, representing the sun in the 12 months of the year; धाता मित्रो$र्यमा रुद्रो वरुणः सूर्य एव च । भगो विवस्वान् पूषा च सविता दशमः स्मृतः ॥ एकादशस्तथा त्वष्टा विष्णुर्द्वादश उच्यते ।); आदित्यानामहं विष्णुः Bg.1.21; Ku. 2.24. (These 12 suns are supposed to shine only at the destruction of the universe; cf. Ve.3.8; दग्धुं विश्वं दहनकिरणैर्नोदिता द्वादशार्काः). -2 The sun; Vāj.4.21. -3 A name of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf-incarnation; स्वयंभूः शंभुरादित्यः V. Sah. -4 N. of the Arka plant (Mar. रुई). -त्यौ (dual) N. of a constellation, the seventh lunar mansion (पुनर्वसु). -Comp. -केतुः 1 N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣtra. -2 The charioteer of the sun. -चन्द्रौ (dual) the sun and the moon. -दर्शनम् 'Showing the sun' (to a child of 4 months), one of the संस्काराs. -पत्र्यः N. of a plant. (-त्र्यम्) the leaf of the Arka tree. -पर्णिनी a creeping plant with gold-coloured flowers, growing near the bank of water. -पुराणम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -पुष्पिका red swallow wort (Mar. शिरदोडी). -बन्धुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भक्ता [आदित्ये भक्ता] N. of a plant. see अर्कभक्ता. -मण्डलम् the disc or orb of the sun. -व्रतम् 1 worship of the sun; a व्रत or rite. -2 N. of a Sāman. -सूनुः 'the son of the sun', N. of Sugrīva, Yama, Saturn, Manu and Karṇa &c.
āmbikeyaḥ आम्बिकेयः [अम्बिकाया अपत्यं ढक्] An epithet of (a) Dhṛitarāṣṭra; न मे तच्च श्रुतवानाम्बिकेयः Mb.3.5.14. (b) Kārtikeya.
ugra उग्र a. [उच्-रन् गश्चान्तादेशः Uṇ.2.28] 1 Fierce, cruel, ferocious, savage (as a look &c.); ˚दर्शनः having a fierce or cruel look. -2 Formidable, terrific, frightful; सिंहनिपातमुग्रम् R.2.5; Bg.11.3; Ms.6.75,12.75; ˚दन्तः, ˚नासिकः &c. -3 Powerful, mighty, strong, violent, intense; उग्रातपां वेलाम् Ś.3 intensely hot. उग्रशोकाम् Me.115 v. l.; निखिलरसायनराजो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव Bv. Sharp, pungent, hot, -5 High, noble. यत्र भगवानास्ते वाल्मीकिसुग्रधीः Rām.7.49.1. -6 Angry, passionate, wrathful. -7 Ready to do any work, industrious. -ग्रः 1 N. of Śiva or Rudra; जघ्ने$द्भुतैणवपुषा$$श्रमतो$- पकृष्टो मारीचमाशु विशिखेन यथा कमुग्रः Bhāg.9.1.1. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, descendant of a Kṣatriya father and Śūdra mother (his business being to catch or kill animals dwelling in holes, such as snakes; cf. क्षत्रियाच्छूद्रकन्यायां क्रूराचारविहारवान् । क्षत्रशूद्र- वपुर्जन्तुरुग्रो नाम प्रजायते ॥ Ms.1.9,13,15.). -3 N. of a tree शोभाञ्जनवृक्ष (Mar. शेवगा). -4 A group of five asterisms; their names are :- पूर्वाफल्गुनी, पूर्वाषाढा, पूर्वाभाद्रपदा, मघा and भरणी. -5 N. of a country called Kerala (Modern Malabar). -6 The sentiment called रौद्र. -7 Wind. -8 A royal attendant (like उग्र tribe); उग्राः प्रत्येनसः सूतग्रामण्यः Bṛi. Up.4.3.37. -ग्रा 1 N. of different plants; वचा, यवानी, धन्याक. (Mar. वेखंड, ओवा, मेथी). -2 A cruel woman. -ग्री A kind of being belonging to the class of demons; य उग्रीणामुग्रबाहुर्ययुः Av.4.24.2. -ग्रम् 1 A certain deadly poison, the root of Aconitum Ferox (वत्सनाभविषम्; Mar. बचनाग). -2 Wrath, anger. -Comp. -ईशः the mighty or terrible lord, N. of Śiva. -कर्मन् n. fierce in action, cruel. -काण्डः a sort of gourd (कारवेल). -काली form of Durgā. -गन्ध a. strongsmelling. (-न्धः) 1 the Cahmpaka tree. -2 N. of other trees also; कटुफल, अर्जकवृक्ष. -3 garlic. (-न्धा) 1 Orris root. -2 a medicinal plant. -3 N. of various plants; यवानी, वचा, अजमोदा. (-न्धम्) Asafœtida. -गन्धिन् a. strong-smelling. -चयः a strong desire. -चारिणी, -चण्डा N. of Durgā. -जाति a. base-born. -तारा N. of a goddess. -तेजस् a. endowed with powerful or terrible energy. -दंष्ट्र a. having terrific teeth. -दण्ड a. ruling with a rod of iron, stern, cruel, relentless; Pt.3. -ण्डः Stern rule; तस्योग्रदण्डसंविग्नाः सर्वे लोकाः सपालकाः । अन्यत्रालब्धशरणाः शरणं ययुरच्युतम् ॥ Bhāg.7.4.21. -दर्शन, -रूप a. frightful in appearance, fierce-looking, grim, terrible. -दुहितृ f. the daughter of a powerful man. -धन्वन् a. having a powerful bow. (m.) N. of Śiva and Indra; पिङ्गस्तमुग्रधन्वा कृणोतु हृदयाविधम् Av.8.6.18. -नासिक a. large-nosed. -पीठम् A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 36 equal parts (Mānasāra 7.7). -पुत्र a. born in a mighty family. (-त्रः) N. of Kārttikeya. -पूति a. horribly stinking; Māl.5.16. -रेतस् m. a form of Rudra. -वीर a. having powerful men. -वीर्यः Assafœtida (Mar. हिंग). -शासन a. strict in orders, severe in commands. -शेखरा 'crest of Śiva'. N. of the Ganges. -शोक a. sorely-grieving, deeply afflicted. -श्रवस् (see वृद्धश्रवस्) N. of the son of रोमहर्षण. उग्रश्रवाः पुरा सूतो रोमहर्षणसंभवः Bm.1.2. -श्रवणदर्शन a. terrible to hear and see. -सेनः 1 N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of a king of Mathurā and father of Kaṁsa. He was deposed by his son; but Kṛiṣṇa after having slain Kaṁsa restored him to the throne. (-ना) N. of the wife of Akrūra; ˚जः N. of Kaṁsa, the uncle and enemy of Krisna.
aitareya ऐतरेय a. [इतरा-ठक्] Originating from Aitareya. -यः, -यम् A descendant of Itarā (or Itara, a sage) to whom the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa and Āraṇyaka were revealed. -Comp. ˚आरण्यकम् N. of the Āraṇyaka composed by Aitareya. -उपनिषद् N. of an Upaniṣad. -ब्राह्मणम् N. of the Brāhmaṇa composed by Aitareya (attached to the Ṛigveda and prescribing the duties of the Hotṛi priest) It is divided into forty Adhyāyas or eight Pañchikās.
auttareyaḥ औत्तरेयः [उत्तरायाः अपत्यं ढक्] N. of Parīkṣit, son of Abhimanyu and Uttarā; औत्तरेयेण दत्तानि न्यवसत्तन्निदेशकृत् Bhāg.1.17.4.
gāndhārī गान्धारी 1 An [गान्धारस्यापत्यं इञ्] 1 N. of the daughter of Subala, king of the Gāndhāras and wife of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. [She bore to her husband 1 sons-Duryodhana and his 99 brothers. As her husband was blind she always wore a scarf over her face (probably to reduce herself to his state). After the destruction of all the Kauravas, she and her husband lived with their nephew Yudhiṣṭhira]. -2 A kind of intoxicant; L. D. B. -3 A particular vein in the left eye; Gorakṣa Śataka 26. -Comp. -ग्रामः a kind of musical scale.
jayadratha: जयद्रथ: A king of the Sindhu district and brother-in-law of Duryodhana, having married Duhśalā, daughter of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. [Once while out on hunting, he chanced to see Draupadī in the forest, and asked of her food for himself and his retinue. Draupadī, by virtue of her magical sthālī, was able to supply him with materials sufficient for their break-fast. Jayadratha was so much struck with this act, as well as her personal charms, that he asked her to elope with him. She, of course, indignantly refused, but he succeeded in carrying her off, as her husbands were out on hunting. When they returned they pursued and captured the ravisher and released Draupadī, and he himself was allowed to go after having been subjected to many humiliations. He took a leading part in compassing the death of Abhimanyu, and met his doom at the hands of Arjuna in the great war.]
tarasvin तरस्विन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Swift, quick. -2 Strong, powerful, courageous; mighty; ततः सुतुमुलं युद्धं गन्धर्वाणां तरस्विनाम् (बभूव) Mb.3.244.22; निर्जितेषु तरसा तरस्विनां शत्रुषु प्रणतिरेव कीर्तये R.11.89;16.77. -m. 1 A courier, an express. -2 A hero. -3 Air, wind. -4 An epithet of Garuḍa. तरान्धुः tarāndhuḥ तरालुः tarāluḥ तरान्धुः तरालुः A large flat-bottomed boat.
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
dur दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.
dhārtarāṣṭraḥ धार्तराष्ट्रः [धृतराष्ट्रस्यापत्यं पुमान्-अण्] 1 A son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 A sort of goose with black legs and bill; निपतन्ति धार्तराष्ट्राः कालवशान्मेदिनीपृष्ठे Ve.1.6. (where the word is used in both the senses); cf. धार्तराष्ट्रो हंसभेदे दुर्योधनकुले$पि च Nm.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
para पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.
parparīṇam पर्परीणम् A joint; L. D. B. -णः 1 Juice of the stalks of betel leaves. -2 A tendon of a betel leaf. -3 Worship of Śiva with ghee in the Uttarāyaṇa; L. D. B.
prajñā प्रज्ञा 1 Intelligence, understanding, intellect, wisdom; आकारसदृशप्रज्ञः प्रज्ञया सदृशागमः R.1.15; नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता Bg.2.57; शस्त्रं निहन्ति पुरुषस्य शरीरमेकं प्रज्ञा कुलं च विभवं यशश्च हन्ति ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 Discernment, discrimination, judgment; इयं निष्ठा बहुविधा प्रज्ञया त्वध्यवस्यति Mb.14.3.24. -3 Device or design. -4 A wise or learned woman. -5 Longing for (वासना); impression (संस्कार); तं विद्याकर्मणि समन्वारभेते पूर्वप्रज्ञा च Bṛi. Up.4.4.2. -6 N. of the goddess Sarasvatī. -7 A particular Śakti or energy. -8 A true or transcendental wisdom; Buddh. -Comp. -अस्त्रम् a missile, weapon; ततः प्रज्ञास्त्रमादाय मोहनास्त्रं व्यनाशयत् Mb.6.77.53. -घनः nothing but intelligence; Bhāg. -चक्षुस्, -नयन a. blind; (lit. having understanding as the only eyes); ततो ज्ञास्यसि मां सौते प्रज्ञाचक्षुष- मित्युत Mb.1.1.149; Bhāg.1.13.28; Manodūta 115; N.12.16. (-m.) an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; Mb.3. 7.24; Kāvyamālā, Part.13. (-n.) the mind's eye, mental eye, the mind; M.1. -पारमिता one of the transcendent virtues; Buddh. -मात्रा an organ of sense. -वादः a wise saying; अशोच्यानन्वशोचस्त्वं प्रज्ञावादांश्च भाषसे Bg.2.11. -वृद्ध a. old in wisdom. -सहाय a. intelligent, wise. -हीन a. void of wisdom, silly, foolish.
pratamām प्रतमाम् ind. Specially, particularly. प्रतरम् prataram प्रतराम् pratarām प्रतरम् प्रतराम् ind. 1 Further, more particularly. -2 In future.
prāhṇetana प्राह्णेतन a. (-नी f.) Relating to, or happening in, the forenoon; P.IV.3.23. प्राह्णेतराम् prāhṇētarām तमाम् tamām प्राह्णेतराम् तमाम् ind. Very early in the morning.
bahu बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many.
bhīma भीम a. [बिभेत्यस्मात्, भी अपादाने मक] Fearful, terrific, terrible, dreadful, formidable; न भेजिरे भीमविषेण भीतिम् Bh.2.8; R.1.16;3.54. -मः 1 An epithet of Śiva. and Viṣṇu; भीमो भीमपराक्रमः V. Sah. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 The sentiment of terror (= भयानक q. v.). -4 N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. [He was begotten on Kuntī by the god Wind. From a child he showed that he was possessed of extraordinary strength and hence he was called Bhīma. He had too a most voracious appetite, and was called Vṛikodara, or 'wolf bellied'. His most effective weapon was his mace (गदा). He played a very important part in the great war, and, on the last day of the battle, smashed the thigh of Duryodhana with his unfailing mace, Some of the principal events of his earlier life are his defeat of the demons Hiḍimba and Baka, the overthrow of Jarāsandha, the fearful vow which he uttered against the Kauravas and particularly against Duhśāsana for his insulting conduct towards Draupadī, the fulfilment of that vow by drinking Duhśāsana's blood, the defeat of Jayadratha, his duel with Kīchaka while he was serving as headcook (बल्लव) to king Virāṭa, and several other exploits in which he showed his usual extraordinary strength. His name has become proverbial for one who possesses immense strength and courage]. -मम् Horror, terror. -Comp. -अञ्जस् a. having terrible strength. -उदरी an epithet of Umā. -एकादशी the eleventh day in the light half of Māgha. -कर्मन् a. of terrific prowess; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं भीमकर्मा वृकोदरः Bg.1.15. -तिथिः f. = भीमैकादशी. -दर्शन, -मुख a. frightful in appearance, hideous. -नाद a. sounding dreadfully. (-दः) 1 a loud or dreadful sound; भीमनादमयमाहतोच्चकैः Śi.15.1. -2 a lion. -3 N. of one of the seven clouds that will appear at the destruction of the world. -पराक्रम a. of terrific prowess. (-मः) N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरम् N. of Kuṇḍinapura q. v. -रथः 1 N. of one of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of one of the kings born in the family of Dhanvantarī and in the family of Daśārha. -3 N. of one of the sons of Śrīkṛiṣṇa. -रथी 1 N. of the 7th night in the 7th month of the 77th year of a man's life (said to be a very dangerous period); (सप्तसप्ततितमे वर्षे सप्तमे मासि सप्तमी । रात्रिर्भीमरथी नाम नराणामतिदुस्तरा). -2 N. of a river in the Himālayas. -रूप a. of terrific form; केनापि भीमरूपेण ब्रह्मराक्षसेनाभिपत्य Dk.2.6. -विक्रम a. of terrific prowess. -विक्रान्त a. fearfully powerful. (-तः) a lion. -विग्रह a. gigantic, of terrific form. -वेग a. terribly swift. -शङ्करम् one of the 12 most sacred Liṅgas (in the Poona District). -शासनः an epithet of Yama. -सेनः 1 N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. -2 a kind of camphor. -हासम् the flocculent down blown about in the air in summer.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
vicitra विचित्र a. 1 Diversified, variegated, spotted, speckled; इयमुद्ग्रथते स्रजो विचित्राः Mu.1.4. -2 Various, varied. -3 Painted. -4 Beautiful, lovely; क्वचिद्विचित्रं जलयन्त्रमन्दिरम् Ṛs.1.2. -5 Wonderful, surprising, strange; हतविधिलसितानां हि विचित्रो विपाकः Śi.11.64. -त्रः The Aśoka tree. -त्रा A white deer. -त्रम् 1 Variegated colour. -2 Surprise. -3 A figure of speech (implying apparently the reverse of the meaning intended). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having a spotted body. (-ङ्गः) 1 a peacock. -2 tiger. -अन्नम् a kind of rice food (Mar. खिचडी). -देह a. having a lovely body. (-हः) a cloud. -रूप a. diverse. -वर्षिन् raining here and there. -वीर्यः N. of a king of the lunar race. [He was a son of Śantanu by his wife Satyavatī and so half-brother of Bhīṣma. When he died childless, his mother called Vyāsa (her own son before her marriage), and requested him to raise up issue to Vichitravīrya in accordance with the practice of Niyoga. He complied with the request, and begot on Ambikā and Ambālikā, the two widows of his brother, two sons Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Paṇḍu respectively.]
vidura विदुर a. [विद्-कुरच् P.III.2.162] Wise, intelligent. -रः 1 A wise or learned man. -2 A crafty man, an intriguer. -3 N. of the younger brother of Paṇḍu. [When Satyavatī found that both the sons begotten by Vyāsa upon her two daughters-in-law were physically incapacitated for the throne-Dhṛitarāṣṭra being blind and Paṇḍu pale and sickly-- she asked them to seek the assistance of Vyāsa once more. But being frightened by the austere look of the sage, the elder widow sent one of her slave-girls dressed in her own clothes, and this girl became the mother of Vidura. He is remarkable for his great wisdom, righteousness, and strict impartiality. He particularly loved the Pāṇḍavas, and saved them from several critical dangers.] -Comp. -नीतिः, -प्रजागरः N. of chapters 33 to 4 in the 5th Parva of Mahābhārata.
virāṭaḥ विराटः 1 N. of a district in India. -2 N. of a king of the Matsyas. The Pāṇḍavas lived incognito in the service of this king for one year, (the thirteenth of their exile) having assumed different disguises. His daughter Uttarā was married to Abhimanyu and was mother of Parīkṣit who succeeded Yudhiṣṭhira to the throne of Hastināpura. -Comp. -जः a sort of inferior diamond. -पर्वन् n. the fourth book of the Mahābhārata.
vaicittyam वैचित्त्यम् Grief, mental distraction, sorrow; व्रजति विरहे वैचित्त्यं नः प्रसीदति संनिधौ Māl.3.1; केचित् प्रपद्य वैचित्त्यम् Śiva B.14.3; वैचित्त्योपचयादुच्चैरौचित्यमपचीयते 16.34. वैचित्रम् vaicitram वैचित्र्यम् vaicitryam वैचित्रम् वैचित्र्यम् [विचित्रस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Variety, diversity. -2 Manifoldness. -3 Strangeness. -4 Strikingness; as in वाच्यवैचित्र्य K. P.1. -5 Surprise. -6 Sorrow, despair. -Comp. -वीर्यः N. of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; भो भो वैचित्रवीर्य त्वं कुरूणां कीर्तिवर्धन Bhāg.1.49.17.
vaiśvī वैश्वी f. The asterism of Uttarāṣāḍhā; L. D. B.
vyāsaḥ व्यासः 1 Distribution, separation into parts. -2 Dissolution or analysis of a compound. -3 Severalty, distinction. -4 Diffusion, extension; तस्यैव व्यासमिच्छामि ज्ञातुं ते भगवन् यथा Bhāg.6.4.2. -5 Width, breadth. -6 The diameter of a circle. -7 A fault in pronunciation. -8 Arrangement, compliation. -9 An arranger, a compiler; द्वैपायनो$स्मि व्यासानां कवीनां काव्य आत्मवान् Bhāg. 11.16.28. -1 N. of a celebrated sage. [He was the son of the sage Parāśara by Satyavatī (born before her marriage with Śantanu q. v.); but he retired to the wilderness as soon as he was born, and there led the life of a hermit, practising the most rigid austerities until he was called by his mother Satyavatī to beget sons on the widows of her son Vichitravīrya. He was thus the father of Pāṇḍu and Dhṛitarāṣṭra and also of Vidura; q. q. v. v. He was at first called 'Kṛiṣṇadvaipāyana' from his dark complexion and from his having been brought forth by Satyavatī on a Dvīpa or island; but he afterwards came to be called Vyāsa or 'the arranger,' as he was supposed to have arranged the Vedas in their present form; विव्यास वेदान् यस्मात् स तस्माद् व्यास इति स्मृतः cf. also जातः स यमुनद्वीपे द्वैपायन इति स्मृतः । व्यस्य वेदान् समस्ताश्च व्यासतामगमद्विभुः ॥ Bm.1.214. He is believed to be the author of the great epic, the Mahābhārata, which he is said to have composed with Gaṇapati for his scribe. The eighteen Purāṇas, as also the Brahma-sūtras and several other works are also ascribed to him. He is one of the seven chirajeevins or deathless persons; cf. चिरजीविन्.] -11 A Brāhmaṇa who recites or expounds the Purāṇas in public. -Comp. -पीठम् the seat of the an expounder of the Purāṇas -पूजा N. of the observance of honouring one's preceptor, performed on the 15th of the bright half of Āṣāḍha. -समास (dual) details and the aggregate; आयव्ययौ च व्याससमासाभ्यामाचक्षीत Kau. A.2.9.
śakuniḥ शकुनिः [शक्-उनि] 1 A bird; तरुशकुनिकुरङ्गान् मैथिली यानपुष्यत् U.3.25; Ms.12.63. -2 A vulture, kite or eagle. -3 A cock. -4 N. of a son of Subala, king of Gāndhāra and brother of Gāndharī, wife of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; he was thus the maternal uncle of Duryodhana whom he assisted in many of his wicked schemes to exterminate the Pāṇḍavas. The name is now usually applied to an old wicked-minded relative whose counsels tend to ruin. -5 N. of a demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa. -Comp. -ईश्वरः N. of Garuḍa. -प्रपा a trough for watering birds. -वादः 1 the cry or sound of a bird. -2 the crowing of a cock.
saṃjayaḥ संजयः 1 Conquest, victory. -2 A kind of military array. -3 N. of the charioteer of king Dhṛitarāṣṭra. He tried to bring about a peaceful settlement of the dispute between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas, but failed. It was he who narrated the events of the great Bhāratī war to the blind king Dhṛitarāṣṭra; cf. धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः । मामकाः पाण्डवाश्चैव किमकुर्वत संजय ॥ Bg.1.1.
saubalī सौबली सौबलेयी N. of Gāndhārī, wife of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.
strī स्त्री [स्त्यायेते शुक्रशोणिते यस्याम्] 1 A woman; श्रुतं दृष्टं स्पृष्टं स्मृतमि नृणां ह्लादजननं न रत्नं स्त्रीभ्यो$न्यत् क्वचिदपि कृतं लोकपतिना । तदर्थं धर्मार्थो विभववरसौख्यानि च ततो गृहे लक्ष्म्यो मान्याः सततमबला मानविभवैः ॥ Subh. Ratn. -2 A female of any animal; गजस्त्री, हरिणस्त्री &c.; स्त्रीणामशिक्षितपटुत्वममानुषीषु Ś.5.22. -3 A wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl.6.18; Me.28. -4 A white ant. -5 The Priyaṅgu plant. -6 The feminine gender, or a word used in that gender; आपः स्त्रीभूम्नि Ak. -Comp. -आगारः, -रम् a harem, the women's apartments. -अध्यक्षः a chamberlain. -अभिगमनम् sexual intercourse. -आजीवः 1 one who lives by his wife. -2 one who lives by keeping women for prostitution; Ms.11.63. -करणम् sexual connection. -कामः 1 desire of intercourse with woman, fondness for women. -2 desire of a wife. -कार्यम् 1 the business of women. -2 attendance on women or women's apartments; वैदेहकानां स्त्रीकार्यं मागधानां वणिक्पथः Ms.1.47. -कितवः a deceiver or seducer of women. -कुमारम् a woman and child. -कुसुमम् menses, the menstrual exeretion in women. -कृतम् sexual connection. -कोशः a dagger. -क्षीरम् mother's milk; आरण्यानां च सर्वेषां मृगाणां माहिषं विना । स्त्रीक्षीरं चैव वर्ज्यानि... Ms.5.9. -ग a. cohabiting with women. -गवी a milch-cow. -गुरुः a female Guru or priestess. -गृहम् = स्त्र्यगार q. v. -ग्राहिन् (in law) accepting the guardianship over a woman. -घोषः dawn, day-break. -घ्नः the murderer of a woman; Ms.9.232. -चरितम्, -त्रम् the doing of women. -चिह्नम् 1 any mark or characteristic of the female sex. -2 the female organ, vulva. -चौरः a seducer of women, libertine. -जननी a woman who brings forth only daughters; Ms.9.81. -जातिः f. woman-kind, female sex. -जितः a hen-pecked husband; स्त्रीजितस्पर्शमात्रेण सर्व पुण्यं विनश्यति Śabdak; मृष्यन्ति ये चोपपतिं स्त्रीजितानां च सर्वशः (तेषामन्नं न भुञ्जति) Ms.4.217. -देहार्धः N. of Śiva. -धनम् a woman's private property over which she exercises independent control; it is of six kinds :-- अध्यग्न्यध्यावहनिकं दत्तं च प्रीति- कर्मणि । भ्रातृमातृपितृप्राप्तं ष़ड्विधं स्त्रीधनं स्मृतम् ॥ or according to others :-- पितृमातृपतिभ्रातृदत्तमध्यग्न्युपायनम् । आधिवेदनिकाद्यं च स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम्; see also अन्वाधेयम्, बन्धुदत्तम्, यौतकम्, सौदायिकम्, शुल्कम्, पारिणाय्यम्, लावण्यार्जितम् and पादवन्दनिकम्. -धर्मः 1 the duty of a woman or wife. -2 the laws concerning women; Ms.1.114. -3 menstruation. -4 copulation. -धर्मिणी a woman in her course; स्त्रीधर्मिणी वेपमाना शोणितेन समुक्षिता । एकवस्त्रा विकृष्टास्मि दुःखिता कुरुसंसदि ॥ Mb.3.12.62. -धवः a man. -ध्वजः 1 the female of any animal. -2 an elephant. -नाथ a. one protected by a woman. -निबन्धनम् a woman's peculiar sphere of action or province; domestic duty, housewifery. -पण्योपजीविन् m. see स्त्र्याजीवः above. -परः a womanlover, lecher, libertine. -पिशाची a fiend-like wife. -पुंस् a woman who had become a man. -पुंसौ m. du. 1 wife and husband. -2 male and female; स्त्रीपुंसावात्मभागौ ते भिन्नमूर्तेः सिसृक्षया Ku.2.7. -पुंसलक्षणा a hermaphrodite. -पुंधर्मः the law regulating the duties of man and wife. -पुरम् the women's apartment. -पुष्पम् the menstrual excretion. -पूर्वः = स्त्रीजितः q. v.; स्त्रीपूर्वाः काण्डपृष्ठाश्च ...... (श्राद्धे नार्हन्ति) Mb.13.23.22. -प्रत्ययः a feminine affix (in gram.) -प्रसंगः (excessive) intercourse with women. -प्रसूः f. a woman who brings forth only daughters; Y.1.73. -प्रिय a. loved by women. (-यः) the mango tree. -बन्धः the sexual union. -बाध्यः one who suffers himself to be troubled by a woman. -बुद्धिः f. 1 the female understanding. -2 the counsel of a woman, female advice; स्त्रीबुद्धिः प्रलयंगता (प्रलयावहा) Subhāṣ. -भोगः sexual intercourse. -मन्त्रः a female stratagem, woman's counsel. -माया women's craft. -मुखपः the Aśoka tree. -यन्त्रम् a machine-like woman, machine in the form of a woman; स्त्रीयन्त्रं केन लोके विषममृ- तमयं धर्मनाशाय सृष्टम् Pt.1.191. -रजस् menstruation. -रञ्जनम् betel. -रत्नम् 1 an excellent woman; स्त्रीरत्नेषु ममोर्वशी प्रियतमा यूथे तवेयं वशा V.4.25. -2 N. of Lakṣmī. -राज्यम् the kingdom of women. -लम्पट a. desirous of women. -लिङ्गम् 1 the feminine gender (in gram.) -2 any mark of the female sex (as breast &c.). -3 the female organ. -लौल्यम् fondness for women. -वशः submissiveness to a wife, subjection to women. -वासः an ant-hill. -विधेय a. governed by a wife, uxorious; संनिवेश्य सचिवेष्वतःपरं स्त्रीविधेयनवयौवनो$भवत् R.19.4. -विवाहः contracting marriage with a woman; अष्टाविमान् समानेन स्त्रीविवाहान्निबोधत Ms.3.2. -विषयः sexual connection. -व्रणः the female organ. -शौण्ड a. fond of women. -संसर्गः female company. -संस्थान a. having a female shape; स्त्रीसंस्थानं चाप्यरस्तीर्थमारादुत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं तिरो$भूत् Ś.5.3. -संगः attachment to women, or intercourse with women. -संग्रहणम् 1 the act of embracing a woman (improperly). -2 adultery, seduction. -सभम् an assembly of women. -संबन्धः 1 matrimonial alliance with a woman. -2 connection by marriage. -3 relation to women. -सेवा Devotion or addiction to women. -स्वभावः 1 the nature of women. -2 a eunuch. -हत्या the murder of a woman. -हन्तृ the murderer of a woman; स्त्रीहन्तॄंश्च न संवसेत् Ms.11.19. -हरणम् 1 the forcible abduction of women. -2 rape. -हारिन् m. a ravisher or seducer (of women). स्त्रीतमा strītamā स्त्रीतरा strītarā स्त्रीतमा स्त्रीतरा A thorough woman, more thoroughly a woman; P.VI.3.44.
     Macdonell Search  
27 results
     
tarām (ac. f.) cpv. ad. with na, by no means; --°ree;, very, much, greatly (added to advs. in V., and to verbs in C., like -tamâm).
atitarām ad. exceedingly, very, quite, absolutely; more than (ab.).
anantarāya a. uninterrupted: -m, ad. in uninterrupted succession.
antarāla n. interval: lc. on the way, meanwhile; intermediate caste; -bhû, f. space between (g.).
antarāya m. obstacle; interval.
antarānveṣin a. seeking an opportunity.
antarāgāra n. interior of a house; -âtman, m. soul, heart; self.
antarāgamana n. going through between.
antarā ad. amidst, between; therein; further; on the way; near; almost; in the interval; now and then; antarâ½antarâ, now and then, here and there; repeated: one time another time; prp.between (ac., lc.); during without, except (ac.).
antarāvedi f. partition.
alaṃtarām (cpv.) ad. highly; with inf. much better; -dhana, a. having sufficient property.
abhitarām (cpv.) ad. nearer to.
uttarāhi ad. northwards.
uttarāyaṇa n. northward course (of the sun); half-year in which the sun moves northwards; commencement of the sun's northward course = winter solstice (in the month Pausha); -½araní, f.the upper fire-stick; -½artha, a. being for the sake of what follows; -½ardhá, n. upper part of the body; &asharp;-vat, a. superior; -½âsâ, f. northern quarter; -½asman, a. having lofty crags; -½âsa&ndot;ga, m. upperor outer gar ment; covering.
uttarām ad. further away.
uttarāpatha m. (way to the north), north country.
uttarādhara a. being above and below; n. upper and lower lip; lips: -vivara, n. mouth.
uttarāt (ab.) ad. from the north or left.
uttarā (in.) ad. northwards; north of (ab., g.).
uttarā f. (sc. dis) north.
auttarādharya n. being above and below, promiscuousness.
tvaguttarāsaṅgavat a. wearing an outer garment of bark; -dosha, m. skin-disease, eruption; -doshin, a. af fected with skin-disease; -bheda-ka, a. break ing or tearing the skinof another.
dhārtarāṣṭra a. (î) belonging to Dhritarâshtra; m. Dhritarâshtra's son, pat. of Duryodhana (pl.=the Kurus); kind of goose.
natarām ad. decidedly not; much less.
nitarām (cpv.) ad. below; in a lowered tone; completely, quite; at all events; especially, greatly; too much; expressly.
parastarām ad. further.
punastarām cpv. ad. over and over again.
       Bloomfield Vedic
         Concordance  
58 results
     
tarābhimātiṃ duśyasām AVP.2.89.2c.
tarāṃsi yajñā abhavan AVś.10.10.24c.
athetarābhiḥ śivatamābhiḥ śivaṃ kṛdhi # AVś.18.2.9d.
antarāgnī paśavaḥ # TB.3.7.4.4a; Apś.4.1.9a.
antarātmā me śudhyantām # Tā.10.66.
antarā daṃpatī śaye # RV.10.162.4b; AVś.20.96.14b; AVP.7.11.5b; MG.2.18.2b.
antarāditye manasā carantam # TA.3.11.6b.
antarā dyāṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca yad vyacaḥ # AVś.9.3.15a. P: antarā dyāṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca Kauś.66.28.
antarā dyāvāpṛthivī (VS.śB. -vī ime; AVP.2.72.3b, 6.23.6b and 8.9.12d, ubhe) # AVP.1.93.3a; 2.72.3b; 6.23.6b; 8.9.12d; VS.13.25b; 14.6b; TS.4.4.11.2b (bis); MS.2.8.12b (bis): 116.6,14; KS.17.10b (bis); śB.8.7.1.6b; TB.1.2.1.18b.
antarā dyāvāpṛthivī apaḥ suvaḥ (VārG. apa svaḥ) # TB.2.7.17.3b; ApMB.2.1.8d; HG.2.6.12d; VārG.4.21d. See antarā dyāvāpṛthivyor.
antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime, and -thivī ubhe # see antarā dyāvāpṛthivī.
antarā dyāvāpṛthivī vicṛttāḥ # śś.1.6.3b. Cf. tredhā tiṣṭhanti viṣitā.
antarā dyāvāpṛthivī viyanti # TS.3.5.4.2b; 5.7.2.3b; SMB.2.1.10b; PG.3.1.2b; BDh.2.5.11.11b. See next two.
antarā dyāvāpṛthivī viyanti (Mś. -tu) panthānaḥ # KS.13.15b; Mś.1.6.4.21b. See prec. and next.
antarā dyāvāpṛthivī saṃcaranti # AVś.3.15.2b; 6.55.1b. See prec. two.
antarā dyāvāpṛthivyor apasyuḥ # MG.1.21.10d. See antarā dyāvāpṛthivī apaḥ.
antarā pūrvam aparaṃ ca ketum # RV.10.139.2d; VS.17.59d; TS.4.6.3.4d; MS.2.10.5d: 137.13; KS.18.3d; śB.9.2.3.17; TB.1.4.2.3d; Apś.19.3.5d.
antarā mitrāvaruṇā carantī # VS.29.6a; TS.5.1.11.2a; MS.3.16.2a: 184.8; KSA.6.2a.
antarāvartamānābhyām # Mś.11.1.5c.
antarāsakthyākapṛt # RV.10.86.16b,17d; AVś.20.126.16b,17d.
antarā havirdhānaṃ sūryaṃ ca # AVP.4.9.5b. See havirdhānam antarā.
aśvatarā ayaḥśaphān # AVP.9.6.4a.
aṣṭottarāttāt sam ajagmiran te # RV.10.27.15b.
uttarā aṣāḍhā nakṣatram # KS.39.13.
uttarāc cāpy udumbaram # GG.4.7.22d.
uttarāñjanīṃ vartmabhyām (Aś. vartanyām) # AVś.20.133.6; Aś.8.3.19. See uttamāñjanī nvartmanyāt.
uttarāñjanīm (Vait. uttamāñjanim) āñjanyām # AVś.20.133.5; Aś.8.3.19; Vait.32.25.
uttarāt tvā somaḥ saṃ dadātai # AVś.12.3.24d.
uttarād adharād abhayaṃ no astu # AVś.19.15.5d; AVP.3.35.5d.
uttarād adharād uta # AVś.11.2.4b. Cf. mottarād etc., and sottarād etc.
uttarādvāto vātaḥ # TS.4.3.3.2; MS.2.7.20: 105.14; KS.39.7.
uttarād vā sadānvāḥ # AVP.1.36.2b.
uttarā devayajyām āśāste # TB.3.5.10.5; śB.1.9.1.14; Aś.1.9.5; śś.1.14.17.
uttarān marutas tvā # AVś.10.9.8b.
uttarān mā śacīpatiḥ # AVś.19.16.1d; 27.14d; AVP.10.8.4d; 12.6.5d.
uttarāparasyāṃ etc. # see uttarapūrvasyāṃ etc.
uttarām-uttarā samām # RV.4.57.7d; AVś.3.10.1d; 17.4d; 12.1.33d; AVP.1.104.1d; 2.22.5d; VS.38.28c; TS.4.3.11.5d; MS.2.13.10d: 161.13; KS.39.10d; śB.14.3.1.31d; SMB.1.8.8d; 2.2.1d,17d; 8.1; PG.3.3.5d.
uttarā pṛthivīm abhi # AVś.8.2.15c.
uttarāva śrava ā dhehy asmai # AVP.11.5.6b.
uttarā śvaśruvā bhava # AVP.4.10.3a. Cf. samrājñī śvaśrvāṃ.
uttarā sūr adharaḥ putra āsīt # RV.1.32.9c; AVP.12.12.9c.
uttarāham uttarābhyaḥ # AVP.7.12.3a. Cf. next.
uttarāham uttare # RV.10.145.3a; AVś.3.18.4a; ApMB.1.15.3a (ApG.3.9.6). Cf. prec.
ottarād adharād (TB. adharāg) ā purastāt # RV.6.19.9b; MS.4.11.4b: 170.11; KS.9.19b; TB.2.5.8.1b; 8.5.8b.
ottarād adharād uta # AVP.8.11.8b.
katarā pūrvā katarāparāyoḥ # RV.1.185.1a; AB.5.13.10; KB.23.8; ā.1.5.3.4; N.3.22a. P: katarā pūrvā Aś.7.7.8; śś.10.8.14. Cf. BṛhD.4.61.
kārotarāc chaphād aśvasya vṛṣṇaḥ # RV.1.116.7c.
todenāśvatarāv iva # AVP.2.87.4b; Kauś.107.2b.
daśottarāṇy ṛcāṃś caiva # RVKh.9.67.20a.
dhṛtarāṣṭrair āvata takṣakas te vaiśāleyo jīvās tvayi nas satas tvayi sadbhyo varṣābhyo naḥ pari dehi # ApMB.2.17.10 (ApG.7.18.12).
parākāśenāntarām # TS.5.7.14.1; KSA.13.4.
pitarātarā śrotravantaṃ māsmiñ jane kurutam # KA.3.148.
pūṣottarād apānudāt # AVP.1.71.2e.
bṛhadrathaṃtarābhyām idam eti yuktam # AB.5.30.3a.
manotarā rayīṇām # RV.1.46.2b; 8.8.12b; SV.2.1079b.
māntarā gamata # PG.2.14.11.
māntarā bhujam ā rīriṣo naḥ # RV.1.104.6c.
mottarād adharād uta # AVś.12.1.32b. Cf. under uttarād adharād uta.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"tarā" has 4 results.
     
itaretarāśrayadepending upon each other; confer, compare इतरेतराश्रयाणि च कार्याणि न प्रकल्पन्ते । तद्यथा । नौर्नावि बद्धा नेतरेतरत्राणाय भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1. See इतरेतर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
uccaistarāspecially accented; उदात्ततरः confer, compare उच्चैस्तरां वा वषट्कारः P. I.2.35.
uttarārthaserving a purpose in subsequent rules; of use in a subsequent rule; confer, compare योगविभाग उत्तरार्थः, क्त्वाग्रहणमुत्तरार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.22.
ḍatarāṃdia class of words headed by the word डतर which stands for डतरान्त id est, that is words ending with the affix डतर; similarly the word डतम which follows डतर stands for डतमान्त. This class डतरादि is a subdivision of the bigger class called सर्वादि. and it consists of only five words viz. डतरान्त, डतमान्त, अन्य, अन्यतर and इतरः cf P. VII.1.25 and I.1.27.
     Vedabase Search  
263 results
     
tarām at allSB 10.46.43
tarāse out of fearCC Antya 12.138
abhijit-uttarāṣāḍhe the stars named Abhijit and UttarāṣāḍhāSB 5.23.6
adhikatarā superiorNBS 25
ajita-antarām because of keeping Ajita, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu, within herselfSB 10.2.20
loka-alokayoḥ antarāle between the countries full of sunlight and those without sunlightSB 5.20.34
antarā from withinSB 2.10.17
antarā betweenSB 3.29.26
antarā betweenSB 4.21.11
antarā separatedSB 4.28.54
tat-antarā existing between the east, west, north and southSB 9.11.3
antarā while in youthSB 9.18.40
vīkṣya antarā seeing her within the roomSB 10.6.9
antarā withoutSB 10.14.43
tat-antarā at that instantSB 10.50.43
antarā in the meantimeSB 10.87.37
antarā during the presentSB 11.19.7
antarā withoutSB 12.4.29
mugdha-antarābhiḥ by those whose hearts are enchantedCC Madhya 1.84
antarādhim some disease withinSB 1.16.19
antarāle at intervals in the middleSB 5.8.14
loka-alokayoḥ antarāle between the countries full of sunlight and those without sunlightSB 5.20.34
antarāle in the intermediate spaces within the universeSB 5.26.4
antarāle in the intermediate spaceSB 5.26.5
antarāle in the middleSB 6.16.36
ajita-antarām because of keeping Ajita, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu, within herselfSB 10.2.20
valita-antarām quite fit although appearing differentlyCC Adi 14.5
manu-antarāṇi changes of ManuSB 8.13.7
antarāṇi the reigns of the ManusSB 12.7.9-10
dina-antarāṇi other daysCC Madhya 2.58
puruṣa-arcana-antarāt from the offenses in worshiping the DeitySB 6.8.17
bhuja-antarāt from the entanglement in the midst of the armsSB 8.12.29-30
antarāya by impedimentsSB 5.1.5
antarāya by that obstacleSB 5.8.26
antarāya obstaclesSB 11.10.21
antarāyaḥ hindrancesSB 1.13.56
antarāyāḥ disturbancesSB 11.4.10
antarāyaḥ obstacleCC Adi 4.202
antarāyaiḥ by disturbancesSB 11.7.10
antarāyaiḥ by obstacles and discrepanciesSB 11.10.22
antarāyaiḥ by obstructionsSB 11.28.29
antarāyaiḥ by obstaclesSB 11.28.44
yoga-antarāyān obstacles on the path of yogaSB 7.15.23
antarāyān impedimentsSB 11.15.33
antarāyatayā because of being impediments (on the path of bhakti-yoga)SB 7.10.1
bhūta-anugraha-kātarā very much anxious to bestow benedictions upon the fallen conditioned soulsSB 6.5.39
praṇaya-apāya-kātarā being afraid that their friendship with Her would be brokenSB 8.9.23
sutarām api almost immediatelySB 5.8.4
puruṣa-arcana-antarāt from the offenses in worshiping the DeitySB 6.8.17
ati-dustarām very dangerousSB 4.10.29
ati-śoka-kātarā being greatly aggrievedSB 4.13.48
atitarām entirelySB 3.21.24
atitarām excessiveSB 4.2.23
atitarām highlySB 4.9.12
atitarām excessivelySB 4.29.54
atitarām highlySB 5.1.10
atitarām greatlySB 5.4.1
atitarām greatlySB 5.24.10
atitarām excessivelySB 6.14.37
atitarām excessivelyCC Adi 3.58
atitarām excessivelyCC Adi 3.63
atitarām greatlyCC Adi 4.52
atitarām greatlyCC Adi 4.275
atitarām exceedinglyCC Antya 3.62
āvistarām directly manifestSB 11.7.21
viyoga-bhaya-kātarā being afraid of giving up the body againSB 9.13.9
bhuja-antarāt from the entanglement in the midst of the armsSB 8.12.29-30
bhūta-anugraha-kātarā very much anxious to bestow benedictions upon the fallen conditioned soulsSB 6.5.39
brahma-uttarā mostly brāhmaṇasSB 12.3.21
cabutarā-upare on the raised platformCC Antya 6.60
cautarā-talāne at the base of the platformCC Antya 6.66
śūdra-dāsa-uttarā predominantly low-class laborers and barbariansSB 12.3.25
dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ the sons of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 1.45
dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ the sons of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 2.6
dhārtarāṣṭraḥ the son of DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.57.26
dhārtarāṣṭraiḥ by the sons of DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.49.5-6
dhārtarāṣṭrān the sons of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 1.20
dhārtarāṣṭrān the sons of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 1.32-35
dhārtarāṣṭrān the sons of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 1.36
dhārtarāṣṭrān the followers of DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.68.6
dhārtarāṣṭrāṇām of the sons of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 1.19
dhārtarāṣṭrasya for the son of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 1.23
dhṛtarāṣṭra-putre the son of King DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 1.7.13-14
dhṛtarāṣṭra DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 5.24.31
dhṛtarāṣṭra-viceṣṭitam the behavior of King DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.49.31
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ uvāca King Dhṛtarāṣṭra saidBG 1.1
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ the father of DuryodhanaSB 1.10.9-10
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 1.13.3-4
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 1.13.51
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ uvāca Dhṛtarāṣṭra saidSB 10.49.26
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.74.10-11
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.84.57-58
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 12.11.43
dhṛtarāṣṭram DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 1.8.3
dhṛtarāṣṭram unto DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 1.13.18
dhṛtarāṣṭram a son named DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 9.22.25
dhṛtarāṣṭram about DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.68.16
dhṛtarāṣṭram of DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.84.27
dhṛtarāṣṭrasya of DhṛtarāṣṭraBG 11.26-27
dhṛtarāṣṭrasya of DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 9.22.26
dina-antarāṇi other daysCC Madhya 2.58
diśam uttarām in the northern directionSB 1.6.10
diśam uttarām the northSB 9.1.23-24
diśam uttarām to their respective destinationsSB 10.10.43
dustarām insurmountableSB 2.7.42
ati-dustarām very dangerousSB 4.10.29
dustarām very difficult to surmountSB 8.12.39
dustarām unsurpassableSB 11.3.17
dustarām impossible to crossSB 11.3.33
su-dustarām very difficult to executeSB 11.29.1
dustarām insurmountableCC Madhya 6.235
dustarāt unable to be avoidedSB 3.16.33
dustarāt difficult to pass overSB 7.10.15-17
su-dustarāt from the insurmountableSB 10.17.24
dvi-śapha-itarā animals such as horses, which do not have cloven hoovesSB 6.6.29-31
kṣatra-dvija-uttarā represented mostly by the kṣatriyas and brāhmaṇasSB 12.3.23
sutarām eva especiallySB 10.67.4
uttarā-hanuvat ghanam on the cloud resembling the upper lipsSB 10.12.20
guru-tarān very importantSB 5.8.10
uttarā-hanau on the upper jawSB 5.23.7
uttarām hanum the upper jawSB 6.12.27-29
uttarā-hanuvat ghanam on the cloud resembling the upper lipsSB 10.12.20
itara-itarāt and many other disturbancesSB 3.9.8
na itarā not the otherSB 4.8.8
itarā anything but bhagavad-bhaktiSB 8.16.21
sura-itarā other than the demigodsSB 1.19.34
dvi-śapha-itarā animals such as horses, which do not have cloven hoovesSB 6.6.29-31
vibudha-itarā the demons (those other than the demigods)SB 8.22.6-7
itarān the common onesSB 1.15.25-26
itarān othersSB 1.18.20
itarān otherSB 4.7.56
itarān othersSB 10.42.24
itarāṇi which are inauspiciousSB 1.18.7
itarāṇi otherSB 11.19.4
itarāṇi othersSB 11.22.8
itara-itarāt and many other disturbancesSB 3.9.8
itarāya for just the oppositeSB 11.6.13
tarā being aggrievedSB 1.13.6
ati-śoka-kātarā being greatly aggrievedSB 4.13.48
bhūta-anugraha-kātarā very much anxious to bestow benedictions upon the fallen conditioned soulsSB 6.5.39
praṇaya-apāya-kātarā being afraid that their friendship with Her would be brokenSB 8.9.23
viyoga-bhaya-kātarā being afraid of giving up the body againSB 9.13.9
tarā they were very much agitatedSB 10.11.3
tarā beside themselvesSB 10.25.30
tarā distraughtSB 10.30.14
tarā greatly distressedSB 10.39.17-18
tarā agitatedSB 10.82.32
tarān distressedSB 10.16.16
uttarāḥ kosalāḥ the citizens of AyodhyāSB 9.10.41
kṣatra-dvija-uttarā represented mostly by the kṣatriyas and brāhmaṇasSB 12.3.23
loka-alokayoḥ antarāle between the countries full of sunlight and those without sunlightSB 5.20.34
loka-uttarāṇām persons above the human platform of behaviorCC Madhya 7.73
manu-antarāṇi changes of ManuSB 8.13.7
manvantarāṇi the reign of the ManusSB 2.10.4
manvantarāṇi different advents of ManusSB 3.10.30
manvantarāṇi periods of ManuSB 8.14.11
manvantarāṇi all about the periods of the various ManusSB 9.1.1
uttarā-mātaḥ O Mahārāja Parīkṣit, son of mother UttarāSB 5.13.24
mugdha-antarābhiḥ by those whose hearts are enchantedCC Madhya 1.84
na itarā not the otherSB 4.8.8
nitarām ourSB 1.7.43
nitarām specificallySB 1.19.36
nitarām more specificallySB 3.2.8
nitarām verySB 3.25.7
nitarām alwaysSB 4.9.60
nitarām completelySB 6.9.39
nitarām alwaysSB 7.5.52
nitarām highly qualifiedSB 10.1.2
nitarām extensivelySB 10.2.19
nitarām continuouslySB 10.8.51
nitarām very muchSB 10.20.48
nitarām exceedinglySB 10.46.32-33
nitarām without comparisonCC Adi 16.41
praṇaya-apāya-kātarā being afraid that their friendship with Her would be brokenSB 8.9.23
puruṣa-arcana-antarāt from the offenses in worshiping the DeitySB 6.8.17
dhṛtarāṣṭra-putre the son of King DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 1.7.13-14
rathītarāṇām of all the sons of RathītaraSB 9.6.3
santarā another type of tangerineCC Antya 18.104
dvi-śapha-itarā animals such as horses, which do not have cloven hoovesSB 6.6.29-31
ati-śoka-kātarā being greatly aggrievedSB 4.13.48
su-dustarāt from the insurmountableSB 10.17.24
su-dustarām very difficult to executeSB 11.29.1
śūdra-dāsa-uttarā predominantly low-class laborers and barbariansSB 12.3.25
sura-itarā other than the demigodsSB 1.19.34
sutarām specificallySB 3.3.21
sutarām api almost immediatelySB 5.8.4
sutarām preliminarilySB 7.11.8-12
sutarām excessivelySB 8.10.13-15
sutarām very muchSB 9.4.43
sutarām highlySB 9.11.26
sutarām excessively, completelySB 10.10.41
sutarām especiallySB 10.60.54
sutarām eva especiallySB 10.67.4
sutarām especiallySB 10.85.35
sutarām especiallySB 11.7.15
cautarā-talāne at the base of the platformCC Antya 6.66
uccaiḥ-tarām very loudlySB 5.9.18
vastu-tarām anything elseCC Madhya 25.37
uccaiḥ-tarām very loudlyMM 41
guru-tarān very importantSB 5.8.10
tat-antarā existing between the east, west, north and southSB 9.11.3
tat-antarā at that instantSB 10.50.43
torā-uttarā the eyesCC Madhya 14.180
uccaiḥ-tarām very loudlySB 5.9.18
uccaiḥ-tarām very loudlyMM 41
uccaistarām on a very high levelSB 5.7.7
cabutarā-upare on the raised platformCC Antya 6.60
uttarā uvāca Uttarā saidSB 1.8.9
uttarā UttarāSB 1.13.3-4
uttarā one toward the northSB 4.25.46
uttarā northern gateSB 4.29.9
uttarā-mātaḥ O Mahārāja Parīkṣit, son of mother UttarāSB 5.13.24
uttarā-hanau on the upper jawSB 5.23.7
uttara-uttarā the latter compared to the formerSB 7.11.16
uttara-uttarā the latter compared to the formerSB 7.11.16
uttarā northernSB 9.2.16
uttarā-hanuvat ghanam on the cloud resembling the upper lipsSB 10.12.20
uttara-uttarā more and moreCC Madhya 6.181
uttara-uttarā more and moreCC Madhya 6.181
torā-uttarā the eyesCC Madhya 14.180
uttarā the nakṣatras named Uttarā (Uttara-phalgunī, Uttarāṣāḍhā and Uttara-bhādrapadā)SB 7.14.20-23
uttarāḥ kosalāḥ the citizens of AyodhyāSB 9.10.41
brahma-uttarā mostly brāhmaṇasSB 12.3.21
kṣatra-dvija-uttarā represented mostly by the kṣatriyas and brāhmaṇasSB 12.3.23
śūdra-dāsa-uttarā predominantly low-class laborers and barbariansSB 12.3.25
diśam uttarām in the northern directionSB 1.6.10
uttarām UttarāSB 1.8.8
uttarām hanum the upper jawSB 6.12.27-29
diśam uttarām the northSB 9.1.23-24
uttarām the northern sideSB 9.11.2
uttarām and the upper oneSB 9.14.43
uttarām northernSB 9.16.20
diśam uttarām to their respective destinationsSB 10.10.43
uttarām northernSB 10.52.2
uttarān the northern countriesSB 1.16.12
uttarān the northernSB 5.17.8
uttarān of northern IndiaSB 5.19.8
loka-uttarāṇām persons above the human platform of behaviorCC Madhya 7.73
abhijit-uttarāṣāḍhe the stars named Abhijit and UttarāṣāḍhāSB 5.23.6
uttarāyāḥ of Uttarā (mother of Parīkṣit)SB 1.12.1
uttarāyām unto UttarāSB 3.3.17
uttarāyām in the womb of UttarāSB 9.22.33
uttarāyaṇaḥ the period when the sun runs on the northern horizonSB 1.9.29
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ uvāca King Dhṛtarāṣṭra saidBG 1.1
uttarā uvāca Uttarā saidSB 1.8.9
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ uvāca Dhṛtarāṣṭra saidSB 10.49.26
valita-antarām quite fit although appearing differentlyCC Adi 14.5
vastu-tarām anything elseCC Madhya 25.37
vatsatarā the young calvesSB 6.11.26
vatsatarā the calvesSB 10.5.7
vatsatarān the respective calvesSB 10.13.24
vatsatarān the calvesSB 10.20.30-31
vibudha-itarā the demons (those other than the demigods)SB 8.22.6-7
dhṛtarāṣṭra-viceṣṭitam the behavior of King DhṛtarāṣṭraSB 10.49.31
vīkṣya antarā seeing her within the roomSB 10.6.9
vistarāt due to expansionSB 7.15.4
vistarāt extensivelySB 8.1.1
vistarāt elaboratelySB 10.1.3
vitarāmi I am givingSB 3.23.7
vitarāmi I shall deliverSB 7.4.2
vitarāmi I will bestowSB 10.88.20
viyoga-bhaya-kātarā being afraid of giving up the body againSB 9.13.9
yoga-antarāyān obstacles on the path of yogaSB 7.15.23
     DCS with thanks   
89 results
     
tarā noun (feminine) (etwas, das sich auf heisser Milch bildet; Haut??)
Frequency rank 21365/72933
tarām indeclinable (ifc.) very
Frequency rank 35322/72933
atitarām indeclinable above in rank (with acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
better (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exceedingly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excessively (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
higher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more (with abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very much (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13906/72933
antarā indeclinable (with acc. and loc.) between (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
almost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
among (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
between (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
by the way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
during (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
for some time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in the meantime (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nearly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
now and then (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
on the way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
within (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3287/72933
antarākathā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 32020/72933
antarākāśa noun (masculine) intermediate place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sacred ether or Brahma in the interior part or soul of man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26391/72933
antarāgāra noun (masculine) the interior of a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26392/72933
antarātman noun (masculine) the heart or mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the internal feelings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the soul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2799/72933
antarādhi noun (masculine) Körpermitte
Frequency rank 23034/72933
antarāpaṇa noun (masculine) a bazaar a market inside (a town) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20603/72933
antarābhakta noun (neuter) [medic.] (Medizin: zwischen den Mahlzeiten einzunehmen)
Frequency rank 32021/72933
antarābhava noun (masculine) an intermediary existence
Frequency rank 32022/72933
antarāya noun (masculine) intervention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obstacle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9109/72933
antarāyaka noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 43436/72933
antarāyāma noun (masculine) a kind of disease
Frequency rank 43437/72933
antarāla noun (masculine) (term. tech. für eine gemischte Kaste)
Frequency rank 43438/72933
antarāla noun (neuter) intermediate space (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate time
Frequency rank 7376/72933
antarālaka noun (neuter) intermediate space (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32023/72933
antarālika noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 26393/72933
antarāṃsa noun (masculine) the breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the part of the body between the shoulders (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32024/72933
apetarākṣasī noun (feminine) the plant Ocimum Sanctum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43811/72933
aprātarāśa adjective eating in the evening
Frequency rank 43991/72933
abhyantarāyāma noun (masculine) curvature of the spine by spasm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
emprosthonos (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44464/72933
arthāntarākṣepa noun (masculine) establishing any disagreement with a statement by introducing a similar case (showing the impossibility of that statement) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44931/72933
āntarātmika adjective
Frequency rank 46438/72933
āntarālika noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 46439/72933
āvistarām indeclinable in a more manifest or very manifest way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46720/72933
āśutarām indeclinable faster quicker
Frequency rank 46754/72933
āśvatarāśvi noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 33211/72933
itaretarābhāva noun (masculine) [phil.] mutal non-existence (one of the forms of abhāva)
Frequency rank 27031/72933
itaretarāśraya noun (masculine) a particular logical error (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circular reasoning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27032/72933
uccakaistarām indeclinable quite loudly
Frequency rank 47040/72933
uccaistarām indeclinable louder
Frequency rank 23443/72933
uttarā noun (feminine) name of a daughter of king Virāṭa name of a wife of Aśmaka name of each of the Nakṣatras containing the word uttara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the north (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the second and third verse of a Tṛca (or a stanza consisting of three verses) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the second part of the Sāmasaṃhitā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6044/72933
uttarā indeclinable north (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
northerly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
northward (with gen. or abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27104/72933
uttarāpatha noun (masculine) north (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the northern country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the northern road or direction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33374/72933
uttarāyaṇa noun (neuter) the period of the sun's progress to the north of the equator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the progress (of the sun) to the north (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the summer solstice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8748/72933
uttarāraṇi noun (feminine) the upper araṇi which is also called Pramantha or churner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27105/72933
uttarārdha noun (neuter) the further end (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the latter half (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the northern part (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the upper part (of the body) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33375/72933
uttarāvāruṇī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 23459/72933
uttarāśā noun (feminine) the northern quarter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47159/72933
uttarāṣāḍhā noun (feminine) name of a lunar mansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27106/72933
uttarāsaṅga noun (masculine) an upper or outer garment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12856/72933
uttarāsaṅgavant adjective having an utter garment
Frequency rank 47160/72933
uttarāhi indeclinable from the north(with abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
northerly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47161/72933
uttarāṃsa noun (masculine) the left shoulder (the clavicle ?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47162/72933
auttarāpatha noun (neuter) cumin-seed
Frequency rank 48173/72933
auttarāpathā noun (feminine) grape
Frequency rank 48174/72933
auttarāpathika adjective
Frequency rank 27309/72933
kalāntarā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 48848/72933
kumāritarā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 49706/72933
jagadantarātman noun (masculine) Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52607/72933
dhārtarāṣṭra adjective belonging to Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14215/72933
dhārtarāṣṭra noun (masculine) a Kuru (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of goose with black legs and bill (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
patr. of Duryodhana (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1120/72933
dhārtarāṣṭrapadī noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 55443/72933
dhṛtarājan noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55469/72933
dhṛtarāṣṭra noun (masculine) a powerful king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Devagandharva sometimes identified with King Dharma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king of the geese (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Nāga also called Airāvata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Janamejaya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the eldest son of Vyāsa by the widow of Vicitravīrya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the main actors of the MBh particular bird (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the 100 sons of King Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
whose empire is firm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 783/72933
dhṛtarāṣṭrī noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Tāmrā (mother of geese and other water-birds) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21537/72933
dhṛtarāṣṭrapadī noun (feminine) a kind of Mimosa
Frequency rank 55470/72933
nitarām indeclinable at all events (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
by all means (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
completely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
downwards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
entirely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
especially (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
explicitly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in a high degree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in a low tone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wholly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8279/72933
nirantarālīkaraṇa noun (neuter) filling sth. making sth. continuous
Frequency rank 56083/72933
nirantarālīkārya noun (neuter) enges Zusammenrücken (trans.)
Frequency rank 56084/72933
nirdhārtarāṣṭra adjective having no descendants of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56229/72933
nīcakaistarām indeclinable
Frequency rank 56602/72933
paretarāj noun (masculine) name of Yama
Frequency rank 57498/72933
parvatarāj noun (masculine) name of the Himālaya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36753/72933
parvatarāja noun (masculine) name of the Himālaya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21700/72933
pitarātarā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 57998/72933
tarāga noun (neuter) beeswax wax (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58098/72933
punastarām indeclinable over and over again (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58183/72933
prāguttarā noun (feminine) the north-east (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37444/72933
prātarāśa noun (masculine) a morning meal
Frequency rank 17028/72933
prātastarām indeclinable very early in the morning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37454/72933
pretarākṣasī noun (feminine) Ocimum Sanctum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59744/72933
pretarāja noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 13664/72933
balottarā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 60061/72933
bhūtarāva noun (masculine) [medic.] name of a medical preparation
Frequency rank 60937/72933
mahābhūtarāva noun (neuter) [medic.] name of a medical preparation
Frequency rank 61801/72933
raktarāja noun (masculine) a kind of plant (?)
Frequency rank 63217/72933
raktarāji noun (masculine feminine) a particular disease of the eye (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular venomous insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Lepidium Sativum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16046/72933
lohitarājin noun (masculine) a kind of fish
Frequency rank 64367/72933
vīratarādi noun (masculine) [medic.] name of a pharmacological varga
Frequency rank 22306/72933
vīratarādika noun (masculine) [medic.] vīratarādi
Frequency rank 30324/72933
vīratarādya noun (masculine) [medic.] vīratarādi
Frequency rank 30325/72933
saptarātra noun (neuter) a period of 7 nights (or days) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a week (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9494/72933
sutarām indeclinable excessively (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in a higher degree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
still more (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5352/72933
tarāja noun (masculine) mercury
Frequency rank 4592/72933
tarāj noun (masculine) quicksilver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16294/72933
himottarā noun (feminine) a kind of grape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72597/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

ādāna

to suck or extract; ādānakāla the first half of the year (uttarāyana or northern solstice); it includes śiśira (winter); vasanta (spring) and grīṣma (summer).

     Wordnet Search "tarā" has 74 results.
     

tarā

antarāvedī, praghānaḥ   

gṛhasaṃlagnaḥ gṛhasya ācchāditaḥ bahirbhāgaḥ।

śyāmaḥ antarāvedyāṃ upaviśya kaṣāyapānaṃ karoti।

tarā

kāryāntarālam   

kāryamadhyagatam antarālam।

kāryāntarāle śramikāṇāṃ netā taiḥ saha vicāravimarśaṃ karoti।

tarā

śikharam, śṛṅgam, kūṭaḥ, kakud, kakudaḥ, kakudam, cūḍā, parvatāgram, śailāgram, adriśṛṅgam, daśanaḥ, vātarāyaṇaḥ, ṭaṅkaḥ, giriśṛṅgaḥ   

parvatasya śiro'gram।

bhāratīyena parvatārohiṇā himālayasya śikhare bhāratasya trivarṇāḥ dhvajaḥ adhiropitā।

tarā

parvatarājaḥ, girirājaḥ   

atīva unnataḥ parvataḥ।

parvateṣu himālayaḥ parvatarājaḥ asti।

tarā

prāguttarā, prāgudīcī, pūrvottarā, aiśānī, aparājitā   

pūrvottaradik।

prāguttarāyāḥ diśaḥ āgatasya vāyvoḥ paścāt varṣā āgatā।

tarā

vighnaḥ, antarāyaḥ, pratyūhaḥ, vyavadhānam   

yad kāryaṃ vihanyate।

asmin kārye vighnaṃ na āgacchet ataḥ vighnavināyakaṃ pūjayāmi।

tarā

antarātmā, antaḥkaraṇa   

sadasadvivekabuddheḥ antaḥ sthitam adhiṣṭhānam।

antarātmanaḥ śabdaḥ satyaḥ।

tarā

antarāvāsī   

yaḥ kasyāpi sthānasya antarbhāge vasati।

gaḍuḥ iti ekaḥ antarāvāsī prāṇi asti।

tarā

abhyantare, antaḥ, antarā, madhye   

kasya api nirdhāritasya samayasya athavā sthānasya sīmāyāḥ pūrvaṃ vā।

ahaṃ dvi-ghaṇṭāyāḥ abhyantare eva āgacchāmi।

tarā

antarmukha, antarābhimukha, ātmābhimukha, antarlīnaḥ, antarrataḥ   

yaḥ svasya vicārakāryādiṣu rataḥ asti।

sohanaḥ antarmukhaḥ vyaktiḥ asti।

tarā

pāradaḥ, rasarājaḥ, rasanāthaḥ, mahārasaḥ, rasaḥ, mahātejaḥ, rasalehaḥ, rasottamaḥ, sūtarāṭ, capalaḥ, jaitraḥ, rasendraḥ, śivabījaḥ, śivaḥ, amṛtam, lokeśaḥ, durdharaḥ, prabhuḥ, rudrajaḥ, haratejaḥ, rasadhātuḥ, acintyajaḥ, khecaraḥ, amaraḥ, dehadaḥ, mṛtyunāśakaḥ, sūtaḥ, skandaḥ, skandāṃśakaḥ, devaḥ, divyarasaḥ, śreṣṭhaḥ, yaśodaḥ, sūtakaḥ, siddhadhātuḥ, pārataḥ, harabījam, rajasvalaḥ, śivavīryam, śivāhvayaḥ   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ, kramikuṣṭhanāśakaḥ ojayuktaḥ rasamayaḥ dhātuḥ।

pāradaḥ nikhilayogavāhakaḥ asti।

tarā

avistṛta, saṅkaṭa, nirantarāla, saṅkucita, saṅkocita, saṃvṛta, niruddha, saṃruddha, saṃhata, saṃhṛta, tanu, apṛthu   

yasya saṅkocaḥ jātaḥ।

vārāṇasyāṃ naike avistṛtāḥ mārgāḥ santi।

tarā

antarjñānam, antarānubhūtiḥ, antarbodhaḥ, ātmānubhūtiḥ   

sādhanaiḥ vinā udbhūtam svābhāvikajñānam।

jīveṣu antarjñānam asti eva।

tarā

uttarā, udīcī, tiryagdik, kauverī, devī   

dakṣiṇadiśaḥ saṃmukhī dik।

bhāratadeśasya uttarasyām diśi himālayaḥ asti।

tarā

urojaḥ, urasyaḥ, kucaḥ, kucakumbhaḥ, kūcaḥ, cuciḥ, dharaṇaḥ, payodharaḥ, payodhraḥ, pralambaḥ, vaṇṭharaḥ, vāmaḥ, stanakuḍmalam, antarāṃsaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ yasmin strī dugdhaṃ dhārayati।

mātā urojasya dugdhaṃ bālakaṃ pāyayati।

tarā

cītkāraḥ, ārtanādaḥ, ārtarāvaḥ, sītkāraḥ, sītkṛtam, stananam, paridevanam   

vedanopahatatvād āgataḥ dīrghanādaḥ।

vṛddhasya cītkāraṃ śrutvā mama hṛdayam vidāritam।

tarā

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

tarā

deśāntarādhivāsaḥ   

svarāṣṭraṃ tyaktvā anyatra vasanasya kriyā।

mayā bhāratarāṣṭrasya deśāntarādhivāse jñānam adhigatam।

tarā

tulasī, subhagā, tīvrā, pāvanī, viṣṇuvallabhā, surejyā, surasā, kāyasthā, suradundubhiḥ, surabhiḥ, bahupatrī, mañjarī, haripriyā, apetarākṣasī, śyāmā, gaurī, tridaśamañjarī, bhūtaghnī, bhūtapatrī, vaiṣṇavī, puṇyā, mādhavī, amṛtā, patrapuṣpā, vṛndā, maruvakaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, prasthapuṣpaḥ, phaṇijhakaḥ, parṇāsaḥ, jambhīraḥ, kaṭhiñjaraḥ, kuṭherakaḥ, arjjakaḥ, kulasaurabham, lakṣmī   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ pavitraḥ asti tathā ca yasya parṇāni gandhayuktāni santi।

tulasyāḥ parṇāni oṣadhirūpeṇa upayujyante।

tarā

uttarāñcalaḥ   

bhāratarāṣṭrasya uttarapradeśam uttaradiśi vilagīkṛtvā vinirmitam ekaṃ parvatīyarājyam।

nainītāla-ḍeharāḍūna-haridvārādayaḥ uttarāñcalasya pramukhāni darśanīyāni sthalāni santi।

tarā

uttarā-phālgunī, aryamā   

saḥ kālaḥ yadā candramāḥ aśvinyādiṣu saptaviṃśatiṣu nakṣatreṣu dvādaśatame nakṣatre vartate।

uttarā-phālgunyāṃ ramā yamunāyāṃ snānaṃ karoti।

tarā

uttarādhikāraḥ   

saḥ adhikāraḥ yasyānusāreṇa kasyacit mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ tasya sampattim athavā kasyacit kāryakālasya samāpteḥ anantaraṃ tasya padaṃ sthānaṃ vā āpnoti।

uttarādhikārasya rūpeṇa tena vipulamātrāyāṃ sampattiḥ prāptā।

tarā

dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ   

kuruvaṃśīyaḥ rājā yaḥ duryodhanasya pitā āsīt।

dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ janmāndhaḥ āsīt।

tarā

uttarā   

virāṭakanyā,abhimanyoḥ bhāryā।

parīkṣitasya mātā uttarā।

tarā

deśatyāgaḥ, deśāntarādhivāsanam   

svadeśaṃ tyaktvā anyadeśe sthātum anyadeśagamanam।

uccaśikṣitāḥ janāḥ dhanalobhāt deśatyāgaṃ kurvanti।

tarā

deśāntarādhivāsī, anyadeśavivatmuḥ, deśāntarādhivāsinī   

yaḥ anyadeśe nivasanti।

bhāratasarvakāreṇa kebhyaścit deśāntarādhivāsibhyaḥ bhāratadeśasya nāgarikatā pradīyate।

tarā

uttaraphālgunī, aryamā, uttarā, aryamadevā   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatadvādaśanakṣatram।

uttaraphālgunī candramaṇḍale dvādaśatamaṃ nakṣatram asti।

tarā

uttarāṣāḍhā, viśveśaḥ, viśvaśvaraḥ   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargataikaviṃśannakṣatram।

uttarāṣāḍhā candrapathe ekaviṃśatitamaṃ nakṣatraṃ bhavati।

tarā

uttarāṣāḍhā   

saḥ kālaḥ yasmin candraḥ uttarāṣāḍhānakṣatre vartate।

asmin saṃvatsare uttarāṣāḍhāyāṃ varṣā na abhavat।

tarā

uttarābhādrapadaḥ   

saḥ kālaḥ yasmin candraḥ uttarābhādrapadanakṣatre vartate।

śīlā uttarābhādrapade jātā।

tarā

uttarādhikārī   

kasyāpi mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ tasya sampatteḥ adhikārī।

sāmānyataḥ sampatteḥ uttarādhikāriṇaḥ tasya tasyāḥ vā apatyāni santi।

tarā

uttarādhikārī   

saḥ adhikārī yaḥ pūrvaṃ pade vā adhikārasthāne vartamānasya manuṣyasya sthāne āyāti।

rājā ekaḥ kuśalaḥ uttarādhikārī anviṣyati।

tarā

bhṛśam, atīvam, atitarām, ativelam, atiśayanam, udgāḍham, uccakaiḥ, atyantam, nikāmam, param, paramataḥ   

atyadhikamātrayā।

śarīravedanā rugṇaṃ bhṛśam apīḍayat।

tarā

sārasvatarājyam   

prācīnaḥ pradeśaḥ yaḥ pañjābaprānte sarasvatyāḥ taṭe āsīt।

adhunā sārasvatarājyam nāsti।

tarā

dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ   

haṃsaviśeṣaḥ।

tena dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ pālitaḥ।

tarā

dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ   

nāgaviśeṣaḥ।

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

tarā

dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ   

janamejayasya putraḥ।

mahyaṃ dhṛtarāṣṭrasya kathā rocate।

tarā

dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ   

gandharvāṇāṃ ekaḥ rājā।

dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ praśaṃsanīyaḥ āsīt।

tarā

śītasahā, sindhuvārakaḥ, nirguṇḍī, kapikā, sthirasādhanakaḥ, sindhukaḥ, nīlasindhukaḥ, indrasurasaḥ, sindhuvārikā, śvetapuṣpaḥ, nirguṇṭī, candrasurasaḥ, surasaḥ, sindhurāvaḥ, nīlāśī, sindhuvāritaḥ, śvetarāvakaḥ, nisindhuḥ, sindhuvāraḥ, śepālaḥ, nirguṇḍiḥ, sinduvāraḥ, nisindhukaḥ, nīlakaḥ, arthasiddhakaḥ, indrāṇikā, indrāṇī, śvetasurasā   

kundajātīyā śvetapuṣpaviśiṣṭā latā।

śītasahā varṣākāle vikasati।

tarā

śītasaham, sindhuvārakam, nirguṇḍi, kapikam, sthirasādhanakam, sindhukam, nīlasindhukam, indrasurasam, sindhuvārikam, śvetapuṣpam, nirguṇṭi, candrasurasam, surasam, sindhurāvam, nīlāśi, sindhuvāritam, śvetarāvakam, nisindhum, sindhuvāram, śepālam, nirguṇḍim, sinduvāram, nisindhukam, nīlakam, arthasiddhakam, indrāṇikam, indrāṇi, śvetasurasam   

kundajātīyapuṣpam।

śītasahasya ārdragandhaḥ āgacchati।

tarā

anantarāśiḥ   

antarahitā saṅkhyā।

kevalaṃ kalpanā kartuṃ śakyate anantarāśeḥ।

tarā

vasantarāgaḥ   

rāgaviśeṣaḥ, ṣaḍrāgāntargataḥ dvitīyo rāgaḥ;

vasantasya gānasamayaḥ vasantarttuḥ

tarā

banaḍājaitarāgaḥ   

śālakarāgasya ekaḥ bhedaḥ।

saṅgītajñaḥ banaḍājaitarāgasya viṣaye sambhāṣate।

tarā

sindhuvāraḥ, indrasurasaḥ, indrāṇī, indrāṇikā, candrasurasaḥ, nirguṇṭī, nirguṇḍī, nisindhuḥ, nanīlasindhukaḥ, śvetapuṣpaḥ, śvetarāvakaḥ, sindhurāvaḥ, sindhuvārakaḥ, sindhuvāritaḥ, sindhukaḥ, surasaḥ, sthirasādhanakaḥ, arthasiddhakaḥ   

ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

sindhuvārasya patrāṇi bījāḥ ca auṣadhyāṃ prayujyante।

tarā

candraśūraḥ, raktarā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ।

candraśūrasya bījāni auṣadhāni iva prayujyante।

tarā

catarāmaṇḍalam   

bhāratadeśasya jhārakhaṇḍarājye vartamānaṃ maṇḍalam।

catarāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ catarānagare asti।

tarā

catarānagaram   

bhāratadeśasya jhārakhaṇḍarājye vartamānaṃ nagaram।

saḥ grāmaṃ tyaktvā catarānagare nivasati।

tarā

uttara, uttarā   

uttaradiśi vidyamānaḥ pradeśaḥ।

maheśaḥ uttare nivasati।

tarā

antaraṅgam, antarākāśaḥ   

antarvarti kṣetram।

kakṣasya asya antaraṅgaṃ timirāvṛtam asti।

tarā

saṃyuktarāṣṭrasaṅghaḥ   

antarrāṣṭriyāṃ śāntiṃ tathā surakṣāṃ vardhayituṃ nirmitaḥ svatantrāṇāṃ rāṣṭrāṇāṃ samūhaḥ।

saṃyuktarāṣṭrasaṅghasya sthāpanā 1945tame varṣe dvitīyasya viśvayuddhasya anantaraṃ jātā।

tarā

prātarāśaḥ, kalyadagdhīḥ   

prātaḥkālīnabhojanam;

sudṛḍhatārthe prātarāśaḥ āvaśyakaḥ

tarā

uttarāyaṇam   

sūryasya uttaradiggamanam।

yadā uttarāyaṇaṃ bhavati tadā dinaṃ bṛhat tathā rātrikālaḥ alpaḥ bhavati।

tarā

uttarāyaṇam   

sūryasya uttaradiśaṃ prati gamanasya ṣaḍbhiḥ māsaiḥ yuktaḥ kālaḥ।

uttarāyaṇe tapaḥ ācarituṃ svāmī himālayaṃ gacchati।

tarā

prastarārohaṇam   

prastareṣu kena api sādhanena ārohaṇam।

prastarārohaṇena tasya manasi bhūyān modaḥ jāyate।

tarā

tarāgaḥ   

jainadharmīyāṇāṃ mukhyā devatā।

vītarāgaḥ vivāhitaḥ san api viraktaḥ āsīt।

tarā

uttarārdham   

kālasya vastunaḥ vā dvayoḥ ardhabhāgayoḥ aparaḥ bhāgaḥ।

brāsīladeśe aṣṭādaśatamasya śatakasya uttarārdhe ekonaviṃśatitatamasya śatakasya uttarārdhe modinyā iti nāmakaṃ premagītaṃ lokapriyam āsīt।

tarā

lalitarāgaḥ   

rāgaviśeṣaḥ।

lalitarāgaḥ prātaḥ gīyate।

tarā

avyaktarāśiḥ   

bījagaṇite ajñātaḥ aṅkaḥ alakṣitaṃ parimāṇaṃ vā।

bījagaṇite avyaktarāśiṃ jñātvā praśnān samādhatte।

tarā

dhṛtarāṣṭrī   

kaśyapaṛṣeḥ patnī।

dhṛtarāṣṭryāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

tarā

dhārtarāṣṭra   

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa vā sambaddhaḥ।

idānīntanīyāḥ kecana netāraḥ putramohasya dhārtarāṣṭrāṃ paramparāṃ pālayanti।

tarā

vinā, ṛte, antareṇa, antarā, pari, parihāpya, apa   

ekaṃ varjayitvā।

bhagavatā vinā anyaḥ kaḥ api śaraṇyaḥ nāsti।

tarā

sāmantarāgaḥ   

saṅgīte karnāṭakapaddhatyā vartamānaḥ ekaḥ rāgaḥ।

gāyakaḥ sāmantarāgasya vaiśiṣṭyāni kathayati।

tarā

vittarājyamantrī   

saḥ mantrī yaḥ vittamantriṇaḥ adhikāre vartate।

adya asmākaṃ nagare vittarājyamantrī āgacchati।

tarā

kātaraḥ, kātarāyaṇaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kātarasya varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

tarā

praśāntarāgaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kośeṣu praśāntarāgaḥ samullikhitaḥ

tarā

prātarahnaḥ, prātarāśaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ prātarahnaḥ ullikhitaḥ asti

tarā

śoṇottarā   

ekā strī ।

śoṇottarāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mudrārākṣase asti

tarā

caceṇḍā, veśmakūlaḥ , śvetarājī , bṛhatphalaḥ   

ekā latā asyā guṇaḥ paṭolaguṇāt kiñcinnyūnatvam viśeṣāt śoṣiṇo hitatvañca ।

caceṇḍāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

tarā

udāttarāghavam   

ekaṃ nāṭakam ।

udāttarāghavasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tarā

devatarā   

ācāryaviśeṣaḥ ।

devatarasaḥ ullekhaḥ vaṃśa-brāhmaṇe vartate

tarā

kātaraḥ, kātarāyaṇa   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kātarasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

tarā

dhṛtarā   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

dhṛtarājñaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tarā

devatarā   

śikṣakāṇām nāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

devatarāḥ iti nāmakānāṃ śikṣakāṇām ullekhaḥ vaṃśabrāhmaṇe asti

tarā

dhārtarāṣṭrapadī, haṃsapadī,    

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yaḥ raktaviṣavraṇān nāśayati ।

dhārtarāṣṭrapadyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti









Parse Time: 1.503s Search Word: tarā Input Encoding: Devanagari IAST: tarā